1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H
3 /*
4  * 802.11 netlink interface public header
5  *
6  * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7  * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8  * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9  * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10  * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11  * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12  * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
13  * Copyright 2015-2017	Intel Deutschland GmbH
14  * Copyright (C) 2018-2022 Intel Corporation
15  *
16  * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
17  * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
18  * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
19  *
20  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
21  * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
22  * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
23  * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
24  * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
25  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
26  * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
27  *
28  */
29 
30 /*
31  * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
32  * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
33  * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
34  *
35  * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
36  * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
37  * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
38  * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
39  * can actually be identified and removed.
40  * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
41  */
42 
43 #include <linux/types.h>
44 
45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
46 
47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG		"config"
48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN		"scan"
49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG		"regulatory"
50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME		"mlme"
51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR		"vendor"
52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN		"nan"
53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE	"testmode"
54 
55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN	4
56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX	15
57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN	1
58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX	0x3c /* 0b00111100 */
59 
60 /**
61  * DOC: Station handling
62  *
63  * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
64  * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
65  * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
66  * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
67  * to.
68  *
69  * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
70  * capabilities.
71  *
72  * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
73  * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
74  *  - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
75  *    or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
76  *  - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
77  *    to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
78  *    time mark it authorized.
79  *  - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
80  *  - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
81  *    the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
82  *
83  * TODO: need more info for other interface types
84  */
85 
86 /**
87  * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
88  *
89  * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
90  * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
91  * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
92  * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
93  * for various reasons.
94  *
95  * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
96  * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
97  * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
98  * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
99  * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
100  * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
101  * for doing that.
102  *
103  * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
104  * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
105  * attributes so applications know what to expect.
106  *
107  * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
108  *       these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
109  *       changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
110  *       lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
111  *       any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
112  *       will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
113  *
114  * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
115  * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
116  * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
117  * status is indicated to the sending socket.
118  *
119  * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
120  * below.
121  */
122 
123 /**
124  * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
125  *
126  * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
127  * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
128  * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
129  * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
130  *
131  * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
132  * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
133  * types there no concurrency is implied.
134  *
135  * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
136  * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
137  * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
138  * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
139  * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
140  * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
141  * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
142  *
143  * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
144  * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
145  * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
146  * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
147  * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
148  * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
149  * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
150  * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
151  *
152  * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
153  * interfaces that a given device supports.
154  */
155 
156 /**
157  * DOC: packet coalesce support
158  *
159  * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
160  * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
161  * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
162  * and power consumption.
163  *
164  * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
165  * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
166  * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
167  * following events occur.
168  * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
169  * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
170  * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
171  * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
172  *
173  * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
174  * rule.
175  * a) Maximum coalescing delay
176  * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
177  * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
178  * Multiple such rules can be created.
179  */
180 
181 /**
182  * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
183  *
184  * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
185  * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
186  * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
187  * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
188  * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no
189  * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
190  * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
191  *
192  * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
193  * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
194  * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to
195  * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have
196  * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this
197  * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is
198  * not present.
199  *
200  * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers
201  * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
202  * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
203  * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
204  * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no
205  * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
206  * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
207  *
208  * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
209  * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
210  * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
211  */
212 
213 /**
214  * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
215  *
216  * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
217  * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
218  * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
219  * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
220  * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
221  * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
222  * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
223  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
224  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
225  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
226  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
227  * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
228  * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
229  * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
230  * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
231  *
232  * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
233  * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
234  * up a connection or after roaming.
235  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
236  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
237  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
238  *	%Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
239  * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
240  * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
241  *
242  * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
243  * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
244  * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
245  * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
246  * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
247  * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
248  * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
249  */
250 
251 /**
252  * DOC: SAE authentication offload
253  *
254  * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
255  * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station
256  * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by
257  * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode.
258  *
259  * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in
260  * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode
261  * respectively.
262  */
263 
264 /**
265  * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs
266  *
267  * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
268  * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a
269  * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs
270  * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet
271  * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are
272  * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through
273  * that main netdev.
274  *
275  * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and
276  * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using
277  * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID.
278  */
279 
280 /**
281  * DOC: TID configuration
282  *
283  * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG
284  * attribute given in wiphy capabilities.
285  *
286  * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in
287  * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the
288  * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG.
289  *
290  * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC
291  * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the
292  * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except
293  * any peers that have peer specific configuration for the TID by default; if
294  * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer specific values
295  * will be overwritten.
296  *
297  * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection
298  * i.e. the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back
299  * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when
300  * the interface goes down.
301  */
302 
303 /**
304  * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload
305  *
306  * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode.
307  *
308  * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting
309  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
310  * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt
311  * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai.
312  * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace.
313  *
314  * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the
315  * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association
316  * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters
317  * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
318  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA
319  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption
320  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption
321  *			(STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
322  *
323  * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data.
324  */
325 
326 /**
327  * DOC: Multi-Link Operation
328  *
329  * In Multi-Link Operation, a connection between to MLDs utilizes multiple
330  * links. To use this in nl80211, various commands and responses now need
331  * to or will include the new %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS attribute.
332  * Additionally, various commands that need to operate on a specific link
333  * now need to be given the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute, e.g. to
334  * use %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or similar functions.
335  */
336 
337 /**
338  * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
339  *
340  * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
341  *
342  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
343  *	to get a list of all present wiphys.
344  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
345  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
346  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
347  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the
348  *	channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel),
349  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
350  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or
351  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.  However, for setting the channel,
352  *	see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward
353  *	compatibility only.
354  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
355  *	or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
356  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
357  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
358  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
359  *
360  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
361  *	either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
362  *	single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
363  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
364  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
365  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
366  *	to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
367  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
368  *	be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
369  *	then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
370  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
371  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
372  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
373  *	userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
374  *	attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are
375  *	enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
376  *	and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all
377  *	the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well.
378  *
379  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
380  *	by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
381  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
382  *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
383  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
384  *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
385  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
386  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
387  *	or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
388  *
389  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
390  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
391  *	using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
392  *	attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
393  *	internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
394  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
395  * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
396  *	are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
397  *	do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
398  *	%NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
399  *	%NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
400  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
401  *	%NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
402  *	%NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
403  *	%NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
404  *	The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
405  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the
406  *	attributes determining channel width.
407  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
408  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
409  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
410  *
411  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
412  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
413  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
414  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
415  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
416  *	interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
417  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
418  *	or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
419  *	by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
420  *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
421  *	of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
422  *	(Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
423  *	frame).
424  *
425  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
426  * 	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
427  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
428  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH:  Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
429  * 	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
430  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
431  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
432  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
433  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
434  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
435  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
436  *	interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
437  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
438  *	or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
439  *	by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
440  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
441  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
442  *
443  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
444  *	regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
445  *	has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
446  *	global regdomain will be returned.
447  *	A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
448  *	regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
449  *	information will still be mended according to further hints from
450  *	the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
451  *	is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
452  *	all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
453  *	If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
454  *	its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
455  *	core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
456  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
457  *	after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
458  *	domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
459  *	current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
460  * 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
461  * 	regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes  given by
462  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
463  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
464  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
465  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
466  * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
467  * 	to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
468  * 	store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
469  *
470  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
471  *	interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
472  *
473  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
474  *      interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
475  *
476  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
477  *	interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
478  *	frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
479  *	added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
480  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
481  *	added to all specified management frames generated by
482  *	kernel/firmware/driver.
483  *	Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
484  *	point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
485  *	command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
486  *	option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
487  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
488  *	NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
489  *
490  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
491  * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
492  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
493  *	probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
494  *	specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
495  *	be used.
496  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
497  *	NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
498  * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
499  *	partial scan results may be available
500  *
501  * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
502  *	intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
503  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
504  *	not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
505  *	scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
506  *	These attributes are mutually exculsive,
507  *	i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
508  *	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
509  *	If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
510  *	plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
511  *	Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
512  *	are passed, they are used in the probe requests.  For
513  *	broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
514  *	string).  If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
515  *	a passive scan is performed.  %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
516  *	if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
517  *	passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
518  *	are used.  Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
519  *	using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute.  The first cycle of the
520  *	scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
521  *	is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
522  *	scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
523  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
524  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
525  *	scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
526  *	as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
527  * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
528  *	results available.
529  * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
530  *	stopped.  The driver may issue this event at any time during a
531  *	scheduled scan.  One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
532  *	does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
533  *	a scheduled scan.  This event is also sent when the
534  *	%NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
535  *	is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
536  *
537  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
538  *      or noise level
539  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
540  *	NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
541  *
542  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
543  *	(for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
544  *	(PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
545  *	using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
546  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
547  *	authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
548  *	advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
549  *	ESS.
550  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
551  *	(for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
552  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
553  *	authentication.
554  * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
555  *
556  * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
557  * 	has been changed and provides details of the request information
558  * 	that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
559  * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
560  * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
561  * 	the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
562  * 	%NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
563  * 	set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
564  * 	%NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
565  * 	to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
566  * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
567  * 	has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
568  * 	any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
569  * 	where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
570  * 	if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
571  * 	driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
572  * 	doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
573  * 	on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
574  * 	or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
575  * 	never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
576  * 	enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
577  * 	either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
578  * 	userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
579  * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
580  * 	before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
581  * 	the beacon hint was processed.
582  *
583  * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
584  *	This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
585  *	as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
586  *	authentication process.
587  *	When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
588  *	interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
589  *	BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
590  *	the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
591  *	request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ +
592  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequence of the
593  *	channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the
594  *	authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs
595  *	(VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added
596  *	to the frame.
597  *	When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
598  *	frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
599  *	frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
600  *	state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
601  *	MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
602  *	included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
603  *	(including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
604  *	also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
605  *	case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
606  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
607  *	pending authentication timed out).
608  * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
609  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
610  *	(similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
611  *	MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
612  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
613  *	request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
614  *	included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
615  *	included).
616  * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
617  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
618  *	MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
619  *	primitives).
620  * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
621  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
622  *	MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
623  *
624  * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
625  *	MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
626  *	event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
627  *	the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
628  *	type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
629  *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
630  *	event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
631  *
632  * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
633  *	FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
634  *	and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
635  *	should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
636  *	executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
637  *	may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
638  *	given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
639  *	given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
640  * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
641  *	determined by the network interface.
642  *
643  * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
644  *	to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
645  *	to the driver.
646  *
647  * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
648  *	requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
649  *	auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
650  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
651  *	IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
652  *	%NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
653  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
654  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
655  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
656  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
657  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
658  *	If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
659  *	restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
660  *	within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
661  *	can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
662  *	allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
663  *	ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
664  *	set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
665  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
666  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
667  *	Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if
668  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is
669  *	included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user
670  *	space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends
671  *	up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g.
672  *	userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the
673  *	driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE
674  *	has to get updated with the apt PMKID).
675  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
676  *	the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
677  *	a different BSS is desired.
678  *	Background scan period can optionally be
679  *	specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
680  *	if not specified default background scan configuration
681  *	in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
682  *	This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
683  *	It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
684  *	connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
685  *	determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
686  *	non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
687  *	event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
688  *	authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
689  *	Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
690  *	well to remain backwards compatible.
691  * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
692  *	When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using
693  *	fast transition, this event should be followed by an
694  *	%NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
695  *	Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue
696  *	%NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the
697  *	new BSS the card/driver roamed to.
698  * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
699  *	userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
700  *	reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
701  *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
702  *
703  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
704  *	associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
705  *
706  * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
707  *	channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
708  *	off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
709  *	a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
710  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
711  *	radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
712  *	frequency for the operation.
713  *	%NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
714  *	to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
715  *	notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
716  *	driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
717  *	radio).
718  *	When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
719  *	that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
720  *	the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
721  * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
722  *	pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
723  *	completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
724  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
725  *	radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
726  *	uniquely identify the request.
727  *	This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
728  *	remain-on-channel duration has expired.
729  *
730  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
731  *	rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
732  *	and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
733  *
734  * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
735  *	(via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
736  *	requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
737  *	backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
738  *	and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
739  *	that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
740  *	four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
741  *	cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
742  *	socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
743  *	The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if
744  *	%NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which
745  *	case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the
746  *	flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it.
747  * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
748  *	backward compatibility
749  * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
750  *	command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
751  *	as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
752  *	kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
753  *	user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
754  *	frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
755  *	to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
756  *	received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
757  *	or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
758  *	and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
759  *	specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
760  *	returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
761  *	TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
762  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
763  *	management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
764  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
765  *	counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
766  *	is used during CSA period.
767  * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
768  *	command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
769  *	time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.  This command is
770  *	also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel
771  *	wait time.
772  * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
773  * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
774  *	transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
775  *	the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
776  *	frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
777  *	the frame.
778  * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
779  *	backward compatibility.
780  *
781  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
782  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
783  *
784  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
785  *	is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
786  *	levels.
787  * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
788  *	command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
789  *	reached.
790  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
791  *	and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
792  *	(identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
793  *	In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
794  *	with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
795  *	When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
796  *	no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
797  *	of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
798  *	precedence when they are used.
799  *
800  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface
801  *	(no longer supported).
802  *
803  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
804  *	multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
805  *	with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
806  *	will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
807  *	MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
808  *	break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
809  *	unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
810  *	to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
811  *	This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
812  *	type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
813  *	(%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
814  *	If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
815  *	command, the feature is disabled.
816  *
817  * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
818  *	mesh config parameters may be given.
819  * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
820  *	network is determined by the network interface.
821  *
822  * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
823  *	notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
824  *	deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
825  * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
826  *	notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
827  *	disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
828  *
829  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
830  *      beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer.  This is only
831  *      sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
832  *      candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
833  *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
834  *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set.  On reception of this
835  *      notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
836  *      (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).  To stop this notification from
837  *      reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
838  *      new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
839  *      depending on the authentication result.
840  *
841  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
842  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
843  *	Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
844  *	various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
845  *	command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
846  *	more background information, see
847  *	https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
848  *	The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
849  *	from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
850  *	@NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
851  *	for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
852  *	in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
853  *	wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
854  *
855  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
856  *	the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
857  *	feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
858  *	is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
859  *	contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
860  *	this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
861  *	inform userspace of the new replay counter.
862  *
863  * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
864  *	of PMKSA caching dandidates.
865  *
866  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
867  *	In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
868  *	actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
869  *	In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
870  *	operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
871  *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
872  *	%NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
873  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
874  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
875  *	sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
876  *	802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
877  *	8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
878  *	supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
879  *	and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
880  *	&enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
881  *
882  * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
883  *	(or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
884  *	implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
885  *	frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
886  *	is received.
887  *	For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
888  *	other attributes like the interface index are present.
889  *	If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
890  *	only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
891  *	is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
892  *
893  * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
894  *	associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
895  *	and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
896  *	to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
897  *
898  * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
899  *	by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
900  *	acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
901  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
902  *	direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
903  *	up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
904  *	has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
905  *
906  * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
907  *	other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
908  *	OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
909  *	messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
910  *
911  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
912  *      No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
913  *
914  * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
915  *	independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
916  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
917  *	attributes determining channel width.  This indication may also be
918  *	sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
919  *	from the remote AP) is completed;
920  *
921  * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
922  *	has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
923  *	(ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
924  *	initiated on our own).  It indicates that
925  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
926  *	after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's.  The userspace may
927  *	decide to react to this indication by requesting other
928  *	interfaces to change channel as well.
929  *
930  * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
931  *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
932  *	%NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
933  *	P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
934  *	public action frame TX.
935  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
936  *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
937  *
938  * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
939  *	notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
940  *	station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
941  *	is used for this.
942  *
943  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
944  *	for IBSS or MESH vif.
945  *
946  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
947  *	This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
948  *	address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
949  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
950  *	%NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
951  *	is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
952  *	will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
953  *	command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
954  *	ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
955  *
956  * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
957  *	a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
958  *	or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
959  *	this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
960  *	while operating on this channel.
961  *	%NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
962  *	event.
963  *
964  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
965  *	i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
966  *	Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
967  *
968  * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
969  *	Information Element to the WLAN driver
970  *
971  * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
972  *	to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
973  *	with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
974  *	received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
975  *
976  * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
977  *	a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
978  *	complete.
979  *
980  * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
981  *	return back to normal.
982  *
983  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
984  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
985  *
986  * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
987  *	new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
988  *	in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
989  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
990  *	new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
991  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
992  *	width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
993  *	other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
994  *	switch is complete.
995  *
996  * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
997  *	by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
998  *	%NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
999  *	%NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
1000  *	For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
1001  *	used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
1002  *	(&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
1003  *	This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
1004  *
1005  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
1006  *	The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
1007  *	that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
1008  *	QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
1009  *	association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
1010  *
1011  * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
1012  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
1013  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
1014  *	Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
1015  *	userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
1016  *	up the TX TS in the driver/device.
1017  *	If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
1018  *	if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
1019  *	avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
1020  *	make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
1021  *	fail even if the check was successful.
1022  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
1023  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
1024  *	before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
1025  *	or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
1026  *
1027  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
1028  *	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
1029  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
1030  *
1031  * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
1032  *	bandwidth of a channel must be given.
1033  * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
1034  *	network is determined by the network interface.
1035  *
1036  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
1037  *	identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
1038  *	provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
1039  *	channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
1040  *	%NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
1041  *	The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
1042  *	operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
1043  *	AP.
1044  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
1045  *	peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
1046  *	when this command completes.
1047  *
1048  * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
1049  *	as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
1050  *	management.
1051  *
1052  * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
1053  *	not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
1054  *	cfg80211_scan_done().
1055  *
1056  * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
1057  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
1058  *	previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
1059  *	has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
1060  *	cluster. This command must have a valid
1061  *	%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
1062  *	%NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
1063  *	omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
1064  *	decide what to use.  After this command NAN functions can be
1065  *	added.
1066  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
1067  *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
1068  * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
1069  *	with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
1070  *	operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
1071  *	(%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
1072  *	of the function upon success.
1073  *	Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
1074  *	way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
1075  *	event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
1076  *	function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
1077  *	which just terminated.
1078  *	This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
1079  *	returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
1080  *	the response to this command.
1081  *	Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
1082  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
1083  *	This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
1084  *	terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
1085  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
1086  * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
1087  *	configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
1088  *	was executed).  It must contain at least one of the following
1089  *	attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
1090  *	%NL80211_ATTR_BANDS.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
1091  *	current configuration is not changed.  If it is present but
1092  *	set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
1093  *	(i.e. the device can decide what to do).
1094  * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
1095  *	This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
1096  *	%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
1097  *
1098  * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
1099  *	for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
1100  *	BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
1101  *	does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
1102  *	only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
1103  *
1104  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
1105  *	for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1106  *	When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
1107  *	PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
1108  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
1109  *	configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
1110  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
1111  * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates an 802.1X FT roam was
1112  *	completed successfully. Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload
1113  *	should send this event after indicating 802.1X FT assocation with
1114  *	%NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT
1115  *	should be indicated instead.
1116  * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
1117  *	and RX notification.  This command is used both as a request to transmit
1118  *	a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
1119  *	has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
1120  *	frame contents.  The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1121  *	802.11 headers.
1122  *	When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1123  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1124  *	indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1125  *	was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1126  *
1127  * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1128  *
1129  * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1130  *	drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1131  *	association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1132  *	This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1133  *	to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1134  *	driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1135  *
1136  *	User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1137  *	trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1138  *	this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1139  *	space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1140  *	space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1141  *	further with the association after getting successful authentication
1142  *	status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1143  *	%NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1144  *	command interface.
1145  *
1146  *	Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1147  *	user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1148  *	initiated the connection through the connect request.
1149  *
1150  * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1151  *	ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1152  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1153  *	address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1154  *
1155  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
1156  *	the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
1157  *
1158  * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
1159  *	with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
1160  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
1161  *	randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
1162  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
1163  *	If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
1164  *	A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in
1165  *	the netlink extended ack message.
1166  *
1167  *	To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
1168  *
1169  *	Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
1170  *	measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
1171  *	become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
1172  *	buffer size.
1173  *
1174  *	Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
1175  *	multiple concurrent measurements.
1176  * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
1177  *	result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
1178  * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
1179  *	the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
1180  *	(%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
1181  *
1182  * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
1183  *	detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
1184  *	indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
1185  *	determining the width and type.
1186  *
1187  * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
1188  *	offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
1189  *	OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
1190  *	on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
1191  *
1192  * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
1193  *	refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
1194  *	frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
1195  *	primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
1196  *	the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
1197  *	form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
1198  *	properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
1199  *	regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
1200  *	so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
1201  *	rate selection.
1202  *
1203  *	Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
1204  *	peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
1205  *	content. The frame is ethernet data.
1206  *
1207  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration
1208  *	is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute.
1209  *
1210  * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon
1211  *	frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was
1212  *	dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon
1213  *	protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
1214  *
1215  * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control
1216  *	port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.
1217  *	%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
1218  *	includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included
1219  *	if the recipient acknowledged the frame.
1220  *
1221  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is
1222  *	passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to
1223  *	specify the wiphy index to be applied to.
1224  *
1225  * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever
1226  *	mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision.
1227  *
1228  * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that
1229  *	userspace wants to change the BSS color.
1230  *
1231  * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has
1232  *	started
1233  *
1234  * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has
1235  *	been aborted
1236  *
1237  * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change
1238  *	has completed
1239  *
1240  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using -
1241  *	&NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address
1242  *	&NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK
1243  *	&NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces
1244  *		(STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
1245  *
1246  * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK: notification about an association
1247  *      temporal rejection with comeback. The event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
1248  *      to describe the BSSID address of the AP and %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT to
1249  *      specify the timeout value.
1250  *
1251  * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK: Add a new link to an interface. The
1252  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute is used for the new link.
1253  * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK: Remove a link from an interface. This may come
1254  *	without %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID as an easy way to remove all links
1255  *	in preparation for e.g. roaming to a regular (non-MLO) AP.
1256  *
1257  * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1258  * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1259  */
1260 enum nl80211_commands {
1261 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1262 	NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
1263 
1264 	NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,		/* can dump */
1265 	NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1266 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1267 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1268 
1269 	NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE,	/* can dump */
1270 	NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1271 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1272 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1273 
1274 	NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1275 	NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1276 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1277 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1278 
1279 	NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1280 	NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1281 	NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1282 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1283 	NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1284 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1285 
1286 	NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1287 	NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1288 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1289 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1290 
1291 	NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1292 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1293 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1294 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1295 
1296 	NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1297 
1298 	NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1299 	NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1300 
1301 	NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1302 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1303 
1304 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1305 
1306 	NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1307 
1308 	NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1309 	NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1310 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1311 	NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1312 
1313 	NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1314 
1315 	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1316 	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1317 	NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1318 	NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1319 
1320 	NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1321 
1322 	NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1323 
1324 	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1325 	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1326 
1327 	NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1328 
1329 	NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1330 	NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
1331 	NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1332 
1333 	NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1334 
1335 	NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1336 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1337 
1338 	NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1339 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1340 	NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1341 
1342 	NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1343 	NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1344 
1345 	NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1346 
1347 	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1348 	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1349 	NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1350 	NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1351 	NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1352 	NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1353 
1354 	NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1355 	NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1356 
1357 	NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1358 	NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1359 
1360 	NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1361 	NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1362 
1363 	NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1364 
1365 	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1366 	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1367 
1368 	NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1369 	NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1370 
1371 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1372 
1373 	NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1374 	NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1375 
1376 	NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1377 	NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1378 	NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1379 	NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1380 
1381 	NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1382 
1383 	NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1384 
1385 	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1386 	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1387 
1388 	NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1389 
1390 	NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1391 
1392 	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1393 
1394 	NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1395 
1396 	NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1397 
1398 	NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1399 
1400 	NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1401 	NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1402 
1403 	NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1404 
1405 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1406 
1407 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1408 
1409 	NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1410 
1411 	NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1412 
1413 	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1414 	NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1415 
1416 	NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1417 	NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1418 
1419 	NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1420 	NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1421 
1422 	NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1423 
1424 	NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1425 
1426 	NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1427 
1428 	NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1429 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1430 
1431 	NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1432 
1433 	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1434 	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1435 
1436 	NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1437 
1438 	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1439 	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1440 
1441 	NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1442 
1443 	NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1444 
1445 	NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1446 	NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1447 	NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1448 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1449 	NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1450 	NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1451 
1452 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1453 
1454 	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1455 
1456 	NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1457 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1458 
1459 	NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1460 
1461 	NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1462 
1463 	NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1464 
1465 	NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1466 
1467 	NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
1468 
1469 	NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
1470 
1471 	NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
1472 	NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
1473 	NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
1474 
1475 	NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
1476 
1477 	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,
1478 
1479 	NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,
1480 
1481 	NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG,
1482 
1483 	NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON,
1484 
1485 	NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1486 
1487 	NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS,
1488 
1489 	NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION,
1490 
1491 	NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST,
1492 
1493 	NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED,
1494 	NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED,
1495 	NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED,
1496 
1497 	NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD,
1498 
1499 	NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK,
1500 
1501 	NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK,
1502 	NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK,
1503 
1504 	/* add new commands above here */
1505 
1506 	/* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1507 	__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1508 	NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1509 };
1510 
1511 /*
1512  * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1513  * here
1514  */
1515 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1516 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1517 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1518 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1519 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1520 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1521 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1522 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1523 
1524 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1525 
1526 /* source-level API compatibility */
1527 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1528 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1529 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1530 
1531 /**
1532  * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1533  *
1534  * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1535  *
1536  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1537  *	/sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1538  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1539  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1540  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1541  *	defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1542  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1543  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1544  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1545  * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1546  *	of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1547  *	documentation of the enum for more information.
1548  * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1549  *	channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the
1550  *	operating channel center frequency.
1551  * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1552  *	channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1553  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1554  *	if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1555  *	NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1556  *		this attribute)
1557  *	NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1558  *	NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1559  *	NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1560  *	This attribute is now deprecated.
1561  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1562  *	less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1563  *	dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1564  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1565  *	greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1566  *	dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1567  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1568  *	length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1569  *	fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1570  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1571  *	larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1572  *	0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1573  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1574  *	section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1575  *
1576  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1577  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1578  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1579  *
1580  * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1581  *	that don't have a netdev (u64)
1582  *
1583  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1584  *
1585  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1586  *	16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1587  *	keys
1588  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1589  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1590  *	section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1591  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1592  *	CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1593  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1594  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1595  *	default management key
1596  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1597  *	other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1598  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1599  *	other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1600  *
1601  * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1602  * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1603  * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1604  * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1605  *
1606  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1607  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1608  *	&enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1609  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1610  *	IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1611  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1612  *	rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1613  *	restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1614  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1615  *	to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to.
1616  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1617  *	given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1618  *	info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1619  *
1620  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1621  *	consisting of a nested array.
1622  *
1623  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1624  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1625  *	(see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1626  * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1627  * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1628  * 	info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1629  *	&enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1630  *
1631  * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1632  *      &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1633  *
1634  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1635  * 	current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1636  * 	For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1637  * 	to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1638  * 	also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1639  * 	regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1640  * 	IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1641  * 	Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1642  * 	to a specific alpha2.
1643  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1644  *	rules.
1645  *
1646  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1647  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1648  *	(u8, 0 or 1)
1649  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1650  *	(u8, 0 or 1)
1651  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1652  *	rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1653  *	restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1654  *
1655  * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1656  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1657  *
1658  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1659  *	supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1660  *	of the interface mode.
1661  *
1662  * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1663  *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1664  *
1665  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1666  *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1667  *
1668  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1669  *	a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1670  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1671  *	scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1672  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1673  *	that can be added to a scan request
1674  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1675  *	elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1676  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1677  *	used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1678  *
1679  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1680  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1681  *	scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1682  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1683  *
1684  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1685  * 	currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1686  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1687  * 	set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1688  *
1689  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1690  *	an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1691  *	that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1692  *
1693  * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1694  *	and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1695  *	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1696  * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1697  * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1698  *	represented as a u32
1699  * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1700  *	%NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1701  *
1702  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1703  *	a u32
1704  *
1705  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1706  * 	due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1707  * 	the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1708  * 	attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1709  * 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1710  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1711  * 	due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1712  * 	the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1713  * 	attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1714  * 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1715  *
1716  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1717  *	cipher suites
1718  *
1719  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1720  *	for other networks on different channels
1721  *
1722  * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1723  *	is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1724  *
1725  * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1726  *	used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1727  *	this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1728  *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1729  *	%NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1730  *	must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1731  *	Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1732  *	let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1733  *
1734  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1735  *	&struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1736  *
1737  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1738  *	IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1739  *	station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1740  *	request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1741  *	authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1742  *	default in station mode.
1743  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1744  *	ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1745  *	specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1746  *	specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1747  *	attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1748  *	indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1749  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1750  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1751  *	ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1752  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1753  *	port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1754  *	will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1755  *	socket.  If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1756  *	control port frames directly to the network interface is used.  If the
1757  *	flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1758  *	using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.  If control port routing over NL80211 is
1759  *	to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1760  *	flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth
1761  *	frames are not forwared over the control port.
1762  *
1763  * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1764  *	We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1765  *
1766  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1767  *	event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1768  *	a local disconnect request.
1769  * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1770  *	event (u16)
1771  * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1772  *	that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1773  *	indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1774  *
1775  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1776  *	to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1777  *	(an array of u32).
1778  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1779  *	indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1780  *	u32).
1781  * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1782  *	indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1783  *	(a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1784  * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1785  *	indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1786  *	This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
1787  *	indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
1788  *	implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
1789  *	the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
1790  *	If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
1791  *	assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
1792  *
1793  * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1794  *	sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1795  * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1796  *	sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1797  *
1798  * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1799  *	commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1800  *	Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1801  *	Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1802  *	used for the initial association to an ESS.
1803  *
1804  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1805  *	%NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1806  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1807  *	and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1808  *	with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1809  *
1810  * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1811  *
1812  * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1813  *	dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1814  *	dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1815  *	obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1816  *	all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1817  *	changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1818  *	completely from scratch.
1819  *
1820  * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1821  *
1822  * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1823  *      the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1824  *      containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1825  *
1826  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1827  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1828  *	cache, a wiphy attribute.
1829  *
1830  * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1831  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1832  *	specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1833  *	remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1834  *
1835  * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1836  *
1837  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1838  *	(enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1839  *	enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1840  *	data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1841  *	rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1842  *	is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1843  *	and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1844  *	specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1845  *	The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1846  *	features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1847  *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
1848  *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT and
1849  *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE.
1850  *
1851  * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1852  *	at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1853  * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1854  *	@NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1855  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1856  *	nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1857  *	information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1858  *	%NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1859  * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1860  *	nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1861  *	information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1862  *
1863  * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1864  *	acknowledged by the recipient.
1865  *
1866  * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1867  *
1868  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1869  *	nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1870  *
1871  * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1872  *	is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1873  *	invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1874  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1875  *	NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1876  *
1877  * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1878  *	connected to this BSS.
1879  *
1880  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1881  *      &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1882  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1883  *      This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1884  *      for non-automatic settings.
1885  *
1886  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1887  *	means support for per-station GTKs.
1888  *
1889  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1890  *	This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1891  *	not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1892  *	bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1893  *
1894  *	Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1895  *	bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1896  *	drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1897  *	a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1898  *	a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1899  *	HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1900  *	derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1901  *	Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1902  *	Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1903  *	support by returning -EINVAL.
1904  *
1905  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1906  *	This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1907  *	not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1908  *	the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1909  *	For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1910  *
1911  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1912  *	for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1913  *
1914  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1915  *	for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1916  *
1917  * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1918  *
1919  * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1920  *	transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1921  *	the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1922  *	flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1923  *	nl80211 capability flag.
1924  *
1925  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1926  *
1927  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1928  *	attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1929  *	See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1930  *
1931  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters.  These cannot be
1932  *	changed once the mesh is active.
1933  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1934  *	containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1935  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1936  *	allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1937  *	the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
1938  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1939  *	&enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1940  *	management state machine.  @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1941  *	@NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
1942  *
1943  * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1944  *	capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1945  * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1946  *	indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1947  *	used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1948  *	triggers.
1949  *
1950  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1951  *	cycles, in msecs.
1952  *
1953  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1954  *	sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans.  Only BSSs
1955  *	that match any of the sets will be reported.  These are
1956  *	pass-thru filter rules.
1957  *	For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1958  *	set.  Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1959  *	attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1960  *	fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1961  *	able to ignore them by itself.
1962  *	Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1963  *	this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1964  *	needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1965  *	If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1966  *	the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1967  *	is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1968  *	will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
1969  *	If omitted, no filtering is done.
1970  *
1971  * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
1972  *	interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
1973  *	defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
1974  * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
1975  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
1976  *	are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
1977  *	any restrictions in their number or combinations.
1978  *
1979  * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
1980  *	necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
1981  *
1982  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
1983  *	nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
1984  *	being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
1985  *	without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1986  *
1987  * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
1988  *	and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
1989  *	&enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
1990  *
1991  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
1992  *	This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
1993  *	provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
1994  *	driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
1995  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
1996  *	Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
1997  *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
1998  *	(Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
1999  *	(Re)Association Request frames.
2000  *
2001  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
2002  *	of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
2003  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
2004  *	as AP.
2005  *
2006  * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
2007  *	roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
2008  *
2009  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
2010  *	candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
2011  *
2012  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
2013  *	for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
2014  *	frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
2015  *	applications use this attribute.
2016  *	This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
2017  *	%NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
2018  *
2019  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
2020  *	request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
2021  *	described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
2022  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
2023  *	TDLS conversation between two devices.
2024  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
2025  *	&enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
2026  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
2027  *	as a TDLS peer sta.
2028  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
2029  *	procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
2030  *	%NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
2031  *	used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
2032  *
2033  * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
2034  *	that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
2035  *	with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
2036  *	&enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
2037  *
2038  * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
2039  *	the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
2040  *	it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
2041  *	mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
2042  *
2043  * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
2044  *	&enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
2045  * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
2046  *	requests while operating in AP-mode.
2047  *	This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
2048  *	offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
2049  *
2050  * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
2051  *	probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
2052  *	to be filled by the FW.
2053  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
2054  *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2055  *	Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2056  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable
2057  *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2058  *	Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2059  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable
2060  *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2061  *	Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2062  * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
2063  *      ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
2064  *      Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
2065  *      The values that may be configured are:
2066  *       MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
2067  *       AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
2068  *      All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
2069  *      by the driver as required.  The actual values may be seen in
2070  *      the station debugfs ht_caps file.
2071  *
2072  * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
2073  *    abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
2074  *    to one DFS region.
2075  *
2076  * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
2077  *      up to 16 TIDs.
2078  *
2079  * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
2080  *	used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
2081  *	to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
2082  *	the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
2083  *	capability to timeout the stations.
2084  *
2085  * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
2086  *	this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
2087  *	received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
2088  *
2089  * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
2090  *      or 0 to disable background scan.
2091  *
2092  * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
2093  *	userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
2094  *	a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
2095  *	was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
2096  *	allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
2097  *
2098  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
2099  *	the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
2100  *	enum has different reasons of connection failure.
2101  *
2102  * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
2103  *	This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
2104  *	excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
2105  *	Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
2106  *	authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
2107  *	the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
2108  *	initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
2109  *	Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
2110  *	for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
2111  *	consistent.
2112  *
2113  * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
2114  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2115  *
2116  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
2117  *
2118  * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
2119  *	the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
2120  * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
2121  *	START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
2122  *	if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
2123  *	no change is made.
2124  *
2125  * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2126  *	defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
2127  *
2128  * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
2129  *	carried in a u32 attribute
2130  *
2131  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
2132  *	MAC ACL.
2133  *
2134  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
2135  *	number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
2136  *	ACL.
2137  *
2138  * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
2139  *	contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
2140  *
2141  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2142  *	has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
2143  *	802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
2144  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2145  *	has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
2146  *
2147  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
2148  *	the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
2149  *
2150  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
2151  *	advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
2152  *	and PU-APSD.
2153  *
2154  * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
2155  *	&enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
2156  *
2157  * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
2158  *	receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
2159  *	messages, given with wiphy dump message
2160  *
2161  * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
2162  *
2163  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
2164  *	Element
2165  *
2166  * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
2167  *	reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
2168  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
2169  *      the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
2170  *
2171  * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
2172  *	This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
2173  *	allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
2174  *	update a TDLS peer STA entry.
2175  *
2176  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
2177  *
2178  * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2179  *	until the channel switch event.
2180  * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
2181  *	must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
2182  *	operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet
2183  *	was requested by the AP.
2184  * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
2185  *	for the time while performing a channel switch.
2186  * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2187  *	switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
2188  * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2189  *	switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
2190  *
2191  * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
2192  *	As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
2193  *
2194  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
2195  *
2196  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
2197  *      operating classes.
2198  *
2199  * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
2200  *	controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
2201  *	%NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
2202  *	channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
2203  *	to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
2204  *	IBSS network.
2205  *
2206  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2207  *	5 MHz channel bandwidth.
2208  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2209  *	10 MHz channel bandwidth.
2210  *
2211  * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
2212  *	Notification Element based on association request when used with
2213  *	%NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
2214  *	%NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
2215  *	u8 attribute.
2216  *
2217  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
2218  *	%NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
2219  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
2220  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
2221  *	attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
2222  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
2223  *	info, containing a nested array of possible events
2224  *
2225  * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
2226  *	data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
2227  *	in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
2228  *
2229  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
2230  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
2231  *
2232  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
2233  *	associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
2234  *	Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
2235  *	other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
2236  *	advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
2237  *	to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
2238  *
2239  * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
2240  *	should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
2241  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
2242  *	supported number of csa counters.
2243  *
2244  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
2245  *	As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
2246  *
2247  * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
2248  *	creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
2249  *	that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
2250  *	If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
2251  *	owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
2252  *	be stopped when the socket is closed.
2253  *	If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
2254  *	regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
2255  *	that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
2256  *	cleared when the socket is closed.
2257  *	If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
2258  *	if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
2259  *	notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
2260  *	attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
2261  *	multicast group.
2262  *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
2263  *	station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
2264  *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
2265  *	torn down when the socket is closed.
2266  *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
2267  *	automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
2268  *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
2269  *	disabled when the socket is closed.
2270  *
2271  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
2272  *	the TDLS link initiator.
2273  *
2274  * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2275  *	shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2276  *	used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2277  *	User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2278  *	underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2279  *		%NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2280  *		%NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2281  *	Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2282  *		%NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2283  *	If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2284  *	association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2285  *	flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2286  *
2287  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2288  *	estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2289  *	%NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2290  *	drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2291  *	setting valid value for coverage class.
2292  *
2293  * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2294  * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2295  * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2296  *	(per second) (u16 attribute)
2297  *
2298  * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2299  *	&enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2300  *
2301  * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2302  *
2303  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2304  *
2305  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2306  *	is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2307  *	obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2308  *	cfg80211 regdomain.
2309  *
2310  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2311  *	array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2312  *	nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2313  *	least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2314  *	is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2315  *	of byte 3 (u8 array).
2316  *
2317  * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2318  *	returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2319  *	may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2320  *	statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2321  *	For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2322  *	should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2323  *	over all channels.
2324  *
2325  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2326  *	scheduled scan is started.  Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2327  *	net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2328  *	system is suspended.  This value is a u32, in seconds.
2329 
2330  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2331  *      is operating in an indoor environment.
2332  *
2333  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2334  *	scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2335  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2336  *	a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2337  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2338  *	a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2339  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2340  *	Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2341  *	between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2342  *	thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2343  *	between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2344  *	Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2345  * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2346  *	in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2347  *	connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2348  *	a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2349  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2350  *	BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2351  *	attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2352  *	BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2353  *	it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2354  *	BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2355  *
2356  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2357  *	or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2358  *
2359  * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2360  *
2361  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2362  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2363  *	%NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
2364  *	interface type.
2365  *
2366  * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2367  *	groupID for monitor mode.
2368  *	The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2369  *	group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2370  *	each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2371  *	that group and 0 for not being a member.
2372  *	The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2373  *	each group.
2374  *	(smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2375  *	group numbers on least significant bits.)
2376  *	This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2377  *	Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2378  *	groupID data.
2379  *	to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2380  * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2381  *	when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2382  *	to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2383  *	(e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2384  *
2385  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2386  *	started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2387  *	requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2388  *	attribute must not be included).
2389  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2390  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2391  * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2392  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2393  *	maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2394  *	measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2395  *	if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2396  * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2397  *	that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2398  *	mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2399  *	and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2400  *
2401  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2402  *	used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2403  *
2404  * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2405  *	%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2406  *	%NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2407  *	Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2408  *	should not be used during a normal device operation.
2409  * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration.  This is a u32
2410  *	bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2411  *	nl80211_band.  For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2412  *	would be set.  This attribute is used with
2413  *	%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2414  *	it is optional.  If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2415  *	the device will decide what to use.
2416  * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2417  *	&enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2418  *	attribute.
2419  * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2420  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2421  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2422  *	protection.
2423  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2424  *	Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2425  *	STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2426  *
2427  * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2428  *	packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2429  *
2430  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2431  *	used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2432  *
2433  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2434  *	other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2435  *	connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2436  *	This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2437  *	other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2438  *	the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2439  *	unnecessary wakeups.
2440  *
2441  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2442  *	the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2443  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
2444  *	better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2445  *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2446  *
2447  * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2448  *	u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2449  *	e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2450  *
2451  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2452  *	username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2453  *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2454  *
2455  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2456  *	of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2457  *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2458  *
2459  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2460  *	to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2461  *	for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2462  *
2463  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2464  *	NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2465  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2466  *	from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2467  *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2468  *
2469  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2470  *	identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2471  *	@NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2472  *
2473  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2474  *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2475  *	For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide
2476  *	PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X
2477  *	authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT
2478  *	support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME
2479  *	is included as well.
2480  *
2481  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2482  *	indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2483  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2484  *	scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2485  *
2486  * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2487  *	in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2488  *	wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2489  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2490  * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2491  *
2492  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2493  *     authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2494  *     &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2495  *     %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2496  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2497  *	space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2498  *	with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
2499  *	may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
2500  *	is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. (This flag
2501  *	attribute deprecated for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP, use
2502  *	%NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS)
2503  *
2504  * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated  RX_NSS value notified using this
2505  *	u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2506  *
2507  * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2508  *      nl80211_txq_stats)
2509  * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2510  *      The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2511  * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the
2512  *      TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2513  *      enforced.
2514  * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2515  *      a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2516  * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
2517  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2518  *	only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2519  *
2520  * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
2521  *	in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
2522  *	measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
2523  *	possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
2524  *
2525  * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
2526  *	statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
2527  *
2528  * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
2529  *	if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
2530  *	invalid value.
2531  *
2532  * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
2533  *	data, uses nested attributes specified in
2534  *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
2535  *	This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
2536  *	with the appropriate sub-attributes.
2537  *
2538  * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
2539  *	scheduler.
2540  *
2541  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
2542  *	station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
2543  *	possible values.
2544  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
2545  *	allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
2546  *	the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
2547  *	should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
2548  *	or per-station.
2549  *
2550  * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
2551  *	is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
2552  *	SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
2553  *
2554  * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
2555  *
2556  * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
2557  *	functionality.
2558  *
2559  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
2560  *	channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
2561  *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
2562  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
2563  *	the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
2564  *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
2565  *
2566  * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key
2567  *	(u16).
2568  *
2569  * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings.
2570  *
2571  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry
2572  *	using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This
2573  *	attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating
2574  *	supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in
2575  *	%NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not
2576  *	advertised for a specific interface type.
2577  *
2578  * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a
2579  *	nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes;
2580  *	on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub-
2581  *	attributes.
2582  *
2583  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control
2584  *	port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames.
2585  *
2586  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32,
2587  *	dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value).
2588  *	An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA.
2589  *	Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the
2590  *	configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based
2591  *	authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE,
2592  *	where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE)
2593  *	authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP
2594  *	authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall
2595  *	result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime.
2596  *
2597  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in
2598  *	terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME
2599  *	(u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional
2600  *	parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the
2601  *	driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching)
2602  *	after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime
2603  *	has expired.
2604  *
2605  *	Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA
2606  *	entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If
2607  *	no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration,
2608  *	disassociation is still forced.
2609  * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the
2610  *	%NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there.
2611  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated
2612  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with
2613  *	an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET.
2614  * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the
2615  *	first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1.
2616  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies
2617  *
2618  * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from
2619  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).
2620  *
2621  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS
2622  *	discovery. It is a nested attribute, see
2623  *	&enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes.
2624  *
2625  * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure
2626  *	unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see
2627  *	&enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes.
2628  *
2629  * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from
2630  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2631  * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element
2632  *	override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in
2633  *	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2634  *
2635  * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
2636  *	derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication.
2637  *	This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from
2638  *	&enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism.
2639  *
2640  * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when
2641  *	used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields
2642  *	of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related
2643  *	sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
2644  *
2645  * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and
2646  *	disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP
2647  *	is desired.
2648  *
2649  * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the
2650  *	%NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event.
2651  *
2652  * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2653  *	until the color switch event.
2654  * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are
2655  *	switching to
2656  * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE
2657  *	information for the time while performing a color switch.
2658  *
2659  * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID
2660  *	advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode.
2661  *	Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID
2662  *	and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace.
2663  *	Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID
2664  *	parameters.
2665  *	See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details.
2666  *
2667  * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements.
2668  *	Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID.
2669  *	Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces.
2670  *
2671  * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Configure dedicated offchannel chain
2672  *	available for radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used
2673  *	to transmit or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev.
2674  *	Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime
2675  *	switching on a different channel during CAC detection on the selected
2676  *	radar channel.
2677  *
2678  * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS: u32 attribute contains ap settings flags,
2679  *	enumerated in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags. This attribute shall be
2680  *	used with %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request.
2681  *
2682  * @NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY: EHT Capability information element (from
2683  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2684  *	only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2685  *
2686  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID: A (u8) link ID for use with MLO, to be used with
2687  *	various commands that need a link ID to operate.
2688  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS: A nested array of links, each containing some
2689  *	per-link information and a link ID.
2690  *
2691  * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2692  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2693  * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2694  */
2695 enum nl80211_attrs {
2696 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2697 	NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2698 
2699 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
2700 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2701 
2702 	NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2703 	NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2704 	NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2705 
2706 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2707 
2708 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2709 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2710 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2711 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2712 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2713 
2714 	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2715 	NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2716 	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2717 	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2718 
2719 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2720 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2721 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2722 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2723 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2724 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2725 
2726 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2727 
2728 	NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2729 
2730 	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2731 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2732 	NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2733 	NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2734 
2735 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2736 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2737 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2738 
2739 	NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2740 
2741 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2742 
2743 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2744 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2745 
2746 	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2747 
2748 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2749 
2750 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2751 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2752 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2753 
2754 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2755 
2756 	NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2757 	NL80211_ATTR_IE,
2758 
2759 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2760 
2761 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2762 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2763 	NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2764 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
2765 
2766 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2767 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2768 
2769 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2770 
2771 	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
2772 	NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
2773 	NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2774 	NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2775 
2776 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2777 
2778 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2779 	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2780 
2781 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2782 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2783 
2784 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2785 
2786 
2787 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2788 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2789 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2790 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2791 
2792 	NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2793 
2794 	NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2795 
2796 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2797 
2798 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2799 
2800 	NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2801 
2802 	NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2803 
2804 	NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2805 	NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2806 
2807 	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2808 	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2809 	NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2810 	NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2811 
2812 	NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2813 	NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2814 
2815 	NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2816 
2817 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
2818 	NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
2819 
2820 	NL80211_ATTR_PID,
2821 
2822 	NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
2823 
2824 	NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2825 
2826 	NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
2827 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2828 
2829 	NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2830 
2831 	NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2832 
2833 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2834 
2835 	NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2836 
2837 	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2838 
2839 	NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
2840 
2841 	NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2842 
2843 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
2844 
2845 	NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2846 
2847 	NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2848 
2849 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2850 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2851 
2852 	NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2853 	NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2854 	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2855 
2856 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2857 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2858 
2859 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2860 
2861 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2862 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2863 
2864 	NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2865 
2866 	NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2867 
2868 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2869 
2870 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2871 
2872 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2873 
2874 	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2875 
2876 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2877 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2878 
2879 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2880 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2881 
2882 	NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2883 	NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2884 
2885 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2886 
2887 	NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2888 	NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2889 
2890 	NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2891 
2892 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2893 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2894 
2895 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2896 
2897 	NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2898 
2899 	NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2900 	NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2901 
2902 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2903 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2904 
2905 	NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2906 
2907 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2908 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2909 
2910 	NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2911 
2912 	NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2913 
2914 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2915 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2916 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2917 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2918 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2919 
2920 	NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2921 
2922 	NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2923 
2924 	NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2925 
2926 	NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2927 
2928 	NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2929 
2930 	NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2931 
2932 	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2933 	NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2934 
2935 	NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2936 
2937 	NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
2938 
2939 	NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
2940 
2941 	NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
2942 
2943 	NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
2944 
2945 	NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
2946 
2947 	NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
2948 
2949 	NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
2950 
2951 	NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
2952 
2953 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
2954 
2955 	NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
2956 	NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
2957 	NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
2958 
2959 	NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
2960 	NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
2961 
2962 	NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
2963 
2964 	NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
2965 
2966 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
2967 
2968 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
2969 
2970 	NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
2971 
2972 	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2973 	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
2974 
2975 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
2976 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
2977 
2978 	NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
2979 	NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
2980 
2981 	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
2982 	NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2983 
2984 	NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
2985 	NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
2986 
2987 	NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
2988 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
2989 
2990 	NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
2991 
2992 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
2993 
2994 	NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
2995 	NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
2996 	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
2997 	NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON,
2998 	NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP,
2999 
3000 	NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
3001 
3002 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
3003 
3004 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
3005 
3006 	NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
3007 
3008 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
3009 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
3010 
3011 	NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
3012 
3013 	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
3014 	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
3015 	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
3016 	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
3017 
3018 	NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
3019 
3020 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
3021 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
3022 
3023 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
3024 
3025 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
3026 
3027 	NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
3028 
3029 	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
3030 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
3031 
3032 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
3033 
3034 	NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
3035 
3036 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
3037 
3038 	NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
3039 	NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
3040 	NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
3041 
3042 	NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
3043 
3044 	NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
3045 
3046 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
3047 
3048 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
3049 
3050 	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
3051 
3052 	NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
3053 
3054 	NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
3055 
3056 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
3057 
3058 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
3059 
3060 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
3061 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
3062 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
3063 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
3064 
3065 	NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
3066 
3067 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
3068 
3069 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
3070 
3071 	NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
3072 
3073 	NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
3074 
3075 	NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
3076 	NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
3077 
3078 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
3079 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
3080 	NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
3081 	NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
3082 
3083 	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
3084 
3085 	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
3086 	NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
3087 	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
3088 	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
3089 
3090 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
3091 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
3092 
3093 	NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
3094 
3095 	NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
3096 
3097 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3098 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
3099 
3100 	NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
3101 
3102 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
3103 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
3104 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
3105 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
3106 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
3107 
3108 	NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
3109 
3110 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
3111 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
3112 
3113 	NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
3114 	NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
3115 	NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
3116 
3117 	NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
3118 	NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
3119 
3120 	NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
3121 	NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
3122 
3123 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
3124 
3125 	NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
3126 	NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
3127 	NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
3128 	NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
3129 
3130 	NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
3131 
3132 	NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
3133 
3134 	NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
3135 
3136 	NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
3137 
3138 	NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
3139 
3140 	NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3141 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
3142 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,
3143 
3144 	NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD,
3145 
3146 	NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER,
3147 
3148 	NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD,
3149 
3150 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS,
3151 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
3152 
3153 	NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID,
3154 
3155 	NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR,
3156 
3157 	NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES,
3158 
3159 	NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG,
3160 
3161 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
3162 
3163 	NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME,
3164 	NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD,
3165 
3166 	NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST,
3167 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET,
3168 	NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET,
3169 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
3170 
3171 	NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY,
3172 
3173 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY,
3174 
3175 	NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
3176 
3177 	NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY,
3178 	NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3179 
3180 	NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE,
3181 
3182 	NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED,
3183 
3184 	NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC,
3185 
3186 	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE,
3187 
3188 	NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
3189 
3190 	NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT,
3191 	NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR,
3192 	NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS,
3193 
3194 	NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG,
3195 	NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
3196 
3197 	NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
3198 
3199 	NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS,
3200 
3201 	NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY,
3202 
3203 	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT,
3204 
3205 	NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS,
3206 	NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID,
3207 
3208 	/* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
3209 
3210 	__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3211 	NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3212 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3213 };
3214 
3215 /* source-level API compatibility */
3216 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
3217 #define	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
3218 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
3219 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
3220 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON
3221 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP
3222 
3223 /*
3224  * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
3225  * here
3226  */
3227 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
3228 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
3229 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
3230 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
3231 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
3232 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
3233 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
3234 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
3235 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
3236 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
3237 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
3238 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
3239 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
3240 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
3241 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
3242 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
3243 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
3244 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
3245 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
3246 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
3247 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
3248 
3249 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN		64
3250 
3251 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES			32
3252 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES		77
3253 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES		128
3254 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY	0
3255 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY	16
3256 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY	24
3257 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN		26
3258 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN		12
3259 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN           16
3260 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN           54
3261 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES		5
3262 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES		2
3263 #define NL80211_EHT_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN          13
3264 #define NL80211_EHT_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN          51
3265 
3266 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME	10
3267 
3268 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
3269 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF		-300
3270 
3271 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL		1800
3272 
3273 /**
3274  * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
3275  *
3276  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
3277  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
3278  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
3279  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
3280  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
3281  *	are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
3282  *	AP type interface.
3283  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
3284  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
3285  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
3286  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
3287  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
3288  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
3289  *	and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
3290  *	%NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
3291  *	commands to create and destroy one
3292  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
3293  *	This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
3294  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
3295  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
3296  * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
3297  *
3298  * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
3299  * to set the type of an interface.
3300  *
3301  */
3302 enum nl80211_iftype {
3303 	NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
3304 	NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
3305 	NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
3306 	NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
3307 	NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
3308 	NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
3309 	NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
3310 	NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
3311 	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
3312 	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
3313 	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
3314 	NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
3315 	NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
3316 
3317 	/* keep last */
3318 	NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
3319 	NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
3320 };
3321 
3322 /**
3323  * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
3324  *
3325  * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
3326  * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
3327  *
3328  * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3329  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
3330  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
3331  *	with short barker preamble
3332  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
3333  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
3334  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
3335  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
3336  *	only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
3337  *	flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
3338  *	attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
3339  *	as errors.)
3340  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
3341  *	that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
3342  *	previously added station into associated state
3343  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
3344  * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3345  */
3346 enum nl80211_sta_flags {
3347 	__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
3348 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
3349 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3350 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
3351 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
3352 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
3353 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
3354 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
3355 
3356 	/* keep last */
3357 	__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3358 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3359 };
3360 
3361 /**
3362  * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
3363  *
3364  * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
3365  * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
3366  * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
3367  */
3368 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
3369 	NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
3370 	NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
3371 
3372 	NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
3373 };
3374 
3375 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API	NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
3376 
3377 /**
3378  * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
3379  * @mask: mask of station flags to set
3380  * @set: which values to set them to
3381  *
3382  * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
3383  */
3384 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
3385 	__u32 mask;
3386 	__u32 set;
3387 } __attribute__((packed));
3388 
3389 /**
3390  * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
3391  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3392  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3393  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3394  */
3395 enum nl80211_he_gi {
3396 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
3397 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
3398 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
3399 };
3400 
3401 /**
3402  * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field
3403  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1xLTF: 3.2 usec
3404  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2xLTF: 6.4 usec
3405  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4xLTF: 12.8 usec
3406  */
3407 enum nl80211_he_ltf {
3408 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF,
3409 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF,
3410 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF,
3411 };
3412 
3413 /**
3414  * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
3415  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3416  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3417  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3418  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3419  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3420  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3421  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3422  */
3423 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
3424 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
3425 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
3426 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
3427 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
3428 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
3429 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
3430 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3431 };
3432 
3433 /**
3434  * enum nl80211_eht_gi - EHT guard interval
3435  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3436  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3437  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3438  */
3439 enum nl80211_eht_gi {
3440 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8,
3441 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6,
3442 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2,
3443 };
3444 
3445 /**
3446  * enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc - EHT RU allocation values
3447  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3448  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3449  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26: 52+26-tone RU allocation
3450  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3451  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26: 106+26 tone RU allocation
3452  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3453  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3454  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242: 484+242 tone RU allocation
3455  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3456  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484: 996+484 tone RU allocation
3457  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242: 996+484+242 tone RU allocation
3458  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3459  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484: 2x996+484 tone RU allocation
3460  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996: 3x996-tone RU allocation
3461  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484: 3x996+484 tone RU allocation
3462  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996: 4x996-tone RU allocation
3463  */
3464 enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc {
3465 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26,
3466 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52,
3467 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26,
3468 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106,
3469 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26,
3470 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242,
3471 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484,
3472 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242,
3473 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996,
3474 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484,
3475 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242,
3476 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3477 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484,
3478 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996,
3479 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484,
3480 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996,
3481 };
3482 
3483 /**
3484  * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
3485  *
3486  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
3487  * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3488  * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
3489  * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
3490  * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
3491  * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
3492  * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
3493  * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
3494  * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
3495  *
3496  * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3497  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
3498  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
3499  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
3500  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
3501  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
3502  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
3503  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
3504  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
3505  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
3506  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
3507  *	same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
3508  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
3509  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
3510  *	a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3511  *	half the base (20 MHz) rate
3512  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
3513  *	a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3514  *	a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
3515  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
3516  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3517  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
3518  *	(u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
3519  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
3520  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
3521  *	non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
3522  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH: 320 MHz bitrate
3523  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS index (u8, 0-15)
3524  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS: EHT NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3525  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI: EHT guard interval identifier
3526  *	(u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi)
3527  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC: EHT RU allocation, if not present then
3528  *	non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc)
3529  * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3530  */
3531 enum nl80211_rate_info {
3532 	__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
3533 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
3534 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
3535 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
3536 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
3537 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
3538 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
3539 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
3540 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3541 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3542 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
3543 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
3544 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
3545 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
3546 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
3547 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
3548 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
3549 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
3550 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH,
3551 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS,
3552 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS,
3553 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI,
3554 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC,
3555 
3556 	/* keep last */
3557 	__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3558 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3559 };
3560 
3561 /**
3562  * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
3563  *
3564  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
3565  * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3566  *
3567  * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3568  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
3569  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE:  whether short preamble is enabled
3570  *	(flag)
3571  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME:  whether short slot time is enabled
3572  *	(flag)
3573  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
3574  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
3575  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
3576  * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3577  */
3578 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
3579 	__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
3580 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
3581 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3582 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
3583 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
3584 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3585 
3586 	/* keep last */
3587 	__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
3588 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
3589 };
3590 
3591 /**
3592  * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
3593  *
3594  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
3595  * when getting information about a station.
3596  *
3597  * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3598  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
3599  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3600  *	(u32, from this station)
3601  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3602  *	(u32, to this station)
3603  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3604  *	(u64, from this station)
3605  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3606  *	(u64, to this station)
3607  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
3608  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
3609  * 	containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
3610  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3611  *	(u32, from this station)
3612  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3613  *	(u32, to this station)
3614  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
3615  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
3616  *	(u32, to this station)
3617  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
3618  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
3619  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
3620  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
3621  *	(see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
3622  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
3623  *	attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
3624  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
3625  *     containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
3626  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
3627  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
3628  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
3629  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
3630  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
3631  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
3632  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
3633  *	non-peer STA
3634  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
3635  *	Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
3636  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
3637  *	Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
3638  * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
3639  *	802.11 header (u32, kbps)
3640  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
3641  *	(u64)
3642  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
3643  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
3644  *	for beacons only (u8, dBm)
3645  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
3646  *	This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
3647  *	TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
3648  *	each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
3649  *	attributes carrying the actual values.
3650  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3651  *	received from the station (u64, usec)
3652  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3653  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
3654  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
3655  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
3656  *	(u32, from this station)
3657  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
3658  *	with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
3659  *	some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
3660  *	might not be fully accurate.
3661  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
3662  *	mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
3663  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3664  *	sent to the station (u64, usec)
3665  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
3666  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
3667  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
3668  *	of STA's association
3669  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a
3670  *	authentication server (u8, 0 or 1)
3671  * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
3672  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
3673  */
3674 enum nl80211_sta_info {
3675 	__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
3676 	NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
3677 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
3678 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
3679 	NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
3680 	NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
3681 	NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
3682 	NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
3683 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
3684 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
3685 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
3686 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
3687 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
3688 	NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
3689 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
3690 	NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
3691 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
3692 	NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
3693 	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
3694 	NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
3695 	NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
3696 	NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
3697 	NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
3698 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
3699 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
3700 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
3701 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
3702 	NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
3703 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
3704 	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
3705 	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
3706 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
3707 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
3708 	NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
3709 	NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
3710 	NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
3711 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
3712 	NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
3713 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
3714 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
3715 	NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3716 	NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
3717 	NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME,
3718 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
3719 
3720 	/* keep last */
3721 	__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3722 	NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3723 };
3724 
3725 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
3726 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
3727 
3728 
3729 /**
3730  * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
3731  * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3732  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
3733  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
3734  *	attempted to transmit; u64)
3735  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
3736  *	transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
3737  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
3738  *	MSDUs (u64)
3739  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3740  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
3741  * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
3742  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3743  */
3744 enum nl80211_tid_stats {
3745 	__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
3746 	NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
3747 	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
3748 	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
3749 	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
3750 	NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
3751 	NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
3752 
3753 	/* keep last */
3754 	NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
3755 	NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
3756 };
3757 
3758 /**
3759  * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
3760  * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3761  * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
3762  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
3763  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
3764  *      backlogged
3765  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
3766  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
3767  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
3768  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
3769  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
3770  *      (only for per-phy stats)
3771  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
3772  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
3773  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
3774  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
3775  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3776  */
3777 enum nl80211_txq_stats {
3778 	__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
3779 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
3780 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
3781 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
3782 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
3783 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
3784 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
3785 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
3786 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
3787 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
3788 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
3789 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
3790 
3791 	/* keep last */
3792 	NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
3793 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
3794 };
3795 
3796 /**
3797  * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
3798  *
3799  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
3800  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
3801  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
3802  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
3803  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
3804  */
3805 enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
3806 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE =	1<<0,
3807 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING =	1<<1,
3808 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID =	1<<2,
3809 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED =	1<<3,
3810 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED =	1<<4,
3811 };
3812 
3813 /**
3814  * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
3815  *
3816  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
3817  * information about a mesh path.
3818  *
3819  * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3820  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
3821  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
3822  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
3823  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
3824  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
3825  * 	&enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
3826  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
3827  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
3828  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
3829  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
3830  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
3831  *	currently defined
3832  * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3833  */
3834 enum nl80211_mpath_info {
3835 	__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
3836 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
3837 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
3838 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
3839 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
3840 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
3841 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3842 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
3843 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
3844 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
3845 
3846 	/* keep last */
3847 	__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3848 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3849 };
3850 
3851 /**
3852  * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
3853  *
3854  * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3855  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
3856  *     for each interface type that supports the band data
3857  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
3858  *     capabilities IE
3859  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
3860  *     capabilities IE
3861  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
3862  *     capabilities IE
3863  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
3864  *     defined in HE capabilities IE
3865  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16),
3866  *	given for all 6 GHz band channels
3867  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are
3868  *	advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary)
3869  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC: EHT MAC capabilities as in EHT
3870  *	capabilities element
3871  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY: EHT PHY capabilities as in EHT
3872  *	capabilities element
3873  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET: EHT supported NSS/MCS as in EHT
3874  *	capabilities element
3875  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE: EHT PPE thresholds information as
3876  *	defined in EHT capabilities element
3877  * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3878  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
3879  */
3880 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
3881 	__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
3882 
3883 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
3884 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
3885 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
3886 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
3887 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
3888 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA,
3889 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS,
3890 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC,
3891 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY,
3892 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET,
3893 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE,
3894 
3895 	/* keep last */
3896 	__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3897 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3898 };
3899 
3900 /**
3901  * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
3902  * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3903  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
3904  *	an array of nested frequency attributes
3905  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
3906  *	an array of nested bitrate attributes
3907  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3908  *	defined in 802.11n
3909  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3910  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
3911  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
3912  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3913  *	defined in 802.11ac
3914  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3915  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
3916  *	attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
3917  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
3918  *	channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
3919  *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
3920  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
3921  *	the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
3922  *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
3923  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
3924  * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3925  */
3926 enum nl80211_band_attr {
3927 	__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
3928 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
3929 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
3930 
3931 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
3932 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
3933 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
3934 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
3935 
3936 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
3937 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
3938 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
3939 
3940 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS,
3941 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
3942 
3943 	/* keep last */
3944 	__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3945 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3946 };
3947 
3948 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
3949 
3950 /**
3951  * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
3952  *
3953  * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3954  * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
3955  * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
3956  * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
3957  * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
3958  * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
3959  * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
3960  */
3961 enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
3962 	__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
3963 	NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
3964 	NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
3965 	NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN,
3966 	NL80211_WMMR_TXOP,
3967 
3968 	/* keep last */
3969 	__NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
3970 	NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
3971 };
3972 
3973 /**
3974  * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
3975  * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3976  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
3977  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
3978  *	regulatory domain.
3979  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
3980  * 	are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
3981  * 	requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
3982  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
3983  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3984  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
3985  *	(100 * dBm).
3986  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
3987  *	(enum nl80211_dfs_state)
3988  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
3989  *	this channel is in this DFS state.
3990  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
3991  *	channel as the control channel
3992  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
3993  *	channel as the control channel
3994  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
3995  *	as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
3996  *	this includes 80+80 channels
3997  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
3998  *	using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
3999  *	isn't possible
4000  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
4001  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
4002  *	channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
4003  *	used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
4004  *	an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
4005  *	through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
4006  *	that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
4007  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
4008  *	channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
4009  *	the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
4010  *	band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
4011  *	off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
4012  *	done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
4013  *	the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
4014  *	off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
4015  *	radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
4016  *	wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
4017  *	attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
4018  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
4019  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4020  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
4021  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4022  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
4023  *	This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
4024  *	(see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
4025  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel
4026  *	in current regulatory domain.
4027  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
4028  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed
4029  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4030  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed
4031  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4032  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed
4033  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4034  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed
4035  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4036  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed
4037  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4038  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ: any 320 MHz channel using this channel
4039  *	as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible
4040  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not allowed on this channel
4041  *	in current regulatory domain.
4042  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
4043  *	currently defined
4044  * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4045  *
4046  * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
4047  * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
4048  * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
4049  * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
4050  */
4051 enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
4052 	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
4053 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
4054 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
4055 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
4056 	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
4057 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
4058 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
4059 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
4060 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
4061 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
4062 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
4063 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
4064 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
4065 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
4066 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
4067 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
4068 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
4069 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
4070 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
4071 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE,
4072 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET,
4073 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ,
4074 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ,
4075 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ,
4076 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ,
4077 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ,
4078 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ,
4079 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT,
4080 
4081 	/* keep last */
4082 	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4083 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4084 };
4085 
4086 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
4087 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4088 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4089 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4090 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
4091 					NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4092 
4093 /**
4094  * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
4095  * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4096  * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
4097  * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
4098  *	in 2.4 GHz band.
4099  * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
4100  *	currently defined
4101  * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4102  */
4103 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
4104 	__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
4105 	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
4106 	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
4107 
4108 	/* keep last */
4109 	__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4110 	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4111 };
4112 
4113 /**
4114  * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
4115  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
4116  * 	regulatory domain.
4117  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
4118  * 	regulatory domain.
4119  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
4120  * 	wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
4121  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
4122  * 	802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
4123  * 	thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
4124  *	code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
4125  *	structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
4126  *	If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
4127  *	be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
4128  */
4129 enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
4130 	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
4131 	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
4132 	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
4133 	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
4134 };
4135 
4136 /**
4137  * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
4138  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
4139  *	to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
4140  *	ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
4141  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
4142  * 	domain.
4143  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
4144  * 	driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
4145  * 	and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
4146  * 	them to be applied.
4147  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
4148  *	of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
4149  *	set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
4150  *	domain request to be processed.
4151  */
4152 enum nl80211_reg_type {
4153 	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
4154 	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
4155 	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
4156 	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
4157 };
4158 
4159 /**
4160  * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
4161  * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4162  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
4163  * 	considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
4164  * 	&enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
4165  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
4166  * 	rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
4167  * 	band edge.
4168  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
4169  * 	in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
4170  * 	band edge.
4171  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
4172  *	frequency range, in KHz.
4173  * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
4174  * 	for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
4175  * 	If you don't have one then don't send this.
4176  * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
4177  * 	a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
4178  * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
4179  *	If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
4180  * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
4181  *	currently defined
4182  * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4183  */
4184 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
4185 	__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
4186 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
4187 
4188 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
4189 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
4190 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
4191 
4192 	NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
4193 	NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
4194 
4195 	NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
4196 
4197 	/* keep last */
4198 	__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4199 	NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4200 };
4201 
4202 /**
4203  * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
4204  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4205  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
4206  *	only report BSS with matching SSID.
4207  *	(This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
4208  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
4209  *	BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
4210  *	if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
4211  *	the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
4212  *	matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
4213  *	how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
4214  *	the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
4215  *	attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
4216  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
4217  *	%NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
4218  *	relative to current bss's RSSI.
4219  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
4220  *	BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
4221  *	RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
4222  *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
4223  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
4224  *	(this cannot be used together with SSID).
4225  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the
4226  *	band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in
4227  *	enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a
4228  *	band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one
4229  *	of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the
4230  *	minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated
4231  *	within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such
4232  *	attributes will be nested within this attribute.
4233  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
4234  *	attribute number currently defined
4235  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4236  */
4237 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
4238 	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
4239 
4240 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
4241 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
4242 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
4243 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
4244 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
4245 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI,
4246 
4247 	/* keep last */
4248 	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4249 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
4250 		__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4251 };
4252 
4253 /* only for backward compatibility */
4254 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
4255 
4256 /**
4257  * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
4258  *
4259  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
4260  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
4261  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
4262  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
4263  * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
4264  * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
4265  * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
4266  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
4267  * 	this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
4268  * 	beaconing.
4269  * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
4270  *	base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
4271  *	multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
4272  * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4273  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
4274  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
4275  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
4276  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
4277  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed
4278  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ: 320MHz operation not allowed
4279  */
4280 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
4281 	NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM		= 1<<0,
4282 	NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK		= 1<<1,
4283 	NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR		= 1<<2,
4284 	NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR		= 1<<3,
4285 	NL80211_RRF_DFS			= 1<<4,
4286 	NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY		= 1<<5,
4287 	NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY		= 1<<6,
4288 	NL80211_RRF_NO_IR		= 1<<7,
4289 	__NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS		= 1<<8,
4290 	NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW		= 1<<11,
4291 	NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT	= 1<<12,
4292 	NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS	= 1<<13,
4293 	NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS		= 1<<14,
4294 	NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ		= 1<<15,
4295 	NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ		= 1<<16,
4296 	NL80211_RRF_NO_HE		= 1<<17,
4297 	NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ		= 1<<18,
4298 };
4299 
4300 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN	NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4301 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS		NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4302 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR		NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4303 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40		(NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
4304 					 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
4305 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT	NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
4306 
4307 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
4308 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL		(NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
4309 
4310 /**
4311  * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
4312  *
4313  * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
4314  * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
4315  * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
4316  * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
4317  */
4318 enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
4319 	NL80211_DFS_UNSET	= 0,
4320 	NL80211_DFS_FCC		= 1,
4321 	NL80211_DFS_ETSI	= 2,
4322 	NL80211_DFS_JP		= 3,
4323 };
4324 
4325 /**
4326  * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
4327  *
4328  * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
4329  *	assumed if the attribute is not set.
4330  * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
4331  *	base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
4332  *	properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
4333  *	by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
4334  *	capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
4335  *	ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
4336  *	present has been registered with the wireless core that
4337  *	has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
4338  *	supported feature.
4339  * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
4340  *	platform is operating in an indoor environment.
4341  */
4342 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
4343 	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER	= 0,
4344 	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
4345 	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR    = 2,
4346 };
4347 
4348 /**
4349  * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
4350  *
4351  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
4352  * when getting information about a survey.
4353  *
4354  * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4355  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
4356  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
4357  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
4358  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
4359  *	was turned on (on channel or globally)
4360  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
4361  *	channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
4362  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
4363  *	channel was sensed busy
4364  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4365  *	receiving data (on channel or globally)
4366  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
4367  *	transmitting data (on channel or globally)
4368  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
4369  *	(on this channel or globally)
4370  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4371  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4372  *	receiving frames destined to the local BSS
4373  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
4374  *	currently defined
4375  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz
4376  * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4377  */
4378 enum nl80211_survey_info {
4379 	__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
4380 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
4381 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
4382 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
4383 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
4384 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
4385 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
4386 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
4387 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
4388 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
4389 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
4390 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX,
4391 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
4392 
4393 	/* keep last */
4394 	__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4395 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4396 };
4397 
4398 /* keep old names for compatibility */
4399 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
4400 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
4401 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
4402 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
4403 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
4404 
4405 /**
4406  * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
4407  *
4408  * Monitor configuration flags.
4409  *
4410  * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
4411  *
4412  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
4413  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
4414  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
4415  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
4416  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
4417  *	overrides all other flags.
4418  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
4419  *	and ACK incoming unicast packets.
4420  *
4421  * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4422  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
4423  */
4424 enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
4425 	__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
4426 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
4427 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
4428 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
4429 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
4430 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
4431 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
4432 
4433 	/* keep last */
4434 	__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
4435 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
4436 };
4437 
4438 /**
4439  * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
4440  *
4441  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
4442  *	not known or has not been set yet.
4443  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
4444  *	in Awake state all the time.
4445  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4446  *	alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
4447  *	neighbor's beacons.
4448  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4449  *	alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
4450  *	for neighbor's beacons.
4451  *
4452  * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
4453  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
4454  */
4455 
4456 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
4457 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
4458 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
4459 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
4460 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
4461 
4462 	__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
4463 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
4464 };
4465 
4466 /**
4467  * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
4468  *
4469  * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
4470  * active.
4471  *
4472  * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
4473  *
4474  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
4475  *	millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
4476  *
4477  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
4478  *	millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
4479  *
4480  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
4481  *	millisecond units
4482  *
4483  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
4484  *	on this mesh interface
4485  *
4486  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
4487  *	open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
4488  *	mesh
4489  *
4490  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
4491  *	point.
4492  *
4493  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
4494  *	peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
4495  *	@NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
4496  *	set.
4497  *
4498  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
4499  *	containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
4500  *	target)
4501  *
4502  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
4503  *	(in milliseconds)
4504  *
4505  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
4506  *	until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
4507  *
4508  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
4509  *	points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
4510  *	the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
4511  *
4512  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4513  *	TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
4514  *	reference element
4515  *
4516  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
4517  *	that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
4518  *	mesh
4519  *
4520  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
4521  *
4522  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
4523  *	source mesh point for path selection elements.
4524  *
4525  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL:  The interval of time (in TUs) between
4526  *	root announcements are transmitted.
4527  *
4528  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
4529  *	access to a broader network beyond the MBSS.  This is done via Root
4530  *	Announcement frames.
4531  *
4532  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4533  *	TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
4534  *	PERR element.
4535  *
4536  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
4537  *	or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
4538  *
4539  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
4540  *	threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
4541  *	a peer link.
4542  *
4543  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
4544  *	to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
4545  *	(see 11C.12.2.2)
4546  *
4547  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
4548  *
4549  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
4550  *
4551  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
4552  *	which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
4553  *	information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
4554  *
4555  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4556  *	proactive PREQs are transmitted.
4557  *
4558  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
4559  *	(in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
4560  *	containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
4561  *
4562  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
4563  *	type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
4564  *
4565  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
4566  *
4567  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
4568  *	established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
4569  *	remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
4570  *	the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
4571  *
4572  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
4573  *	will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
4574  *	field.  If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
4575  *	advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
4576  *
4577  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g.
4578  *      PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that
4579  *      this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be
4580  *      better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
4581  *      dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
4582  *
4583  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA
4584  *	will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server
4585  *	in the mesh formation field.
4586  *
4587  * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4588  */
4589 enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
4590 	__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
4591 	NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
4592 	NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
4593 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
4594 	NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
4595 	NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
4596 	NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
4597 	NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
4598 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
4599 	NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
4600 	NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4601 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
4602 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
4603 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
4604 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
4605 	NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
4606 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
4607 	NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
4608 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
4609 	NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
4610 	NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
4611 	NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
4612 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
4613 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
4614 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
4615 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
4616 	NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
4617 	NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
4618 	NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
4619 	NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
4620 	NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN,
4621 	NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
4622 
4623 	/* keep last */
4624 	__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4625 	NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4626 };
4627 
4628 /**
4629  * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
4630  *
4631  * Mesh setup parameters.  These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
4632  * changed while the mesh is active.
4633  *
4634  * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
4635  *
4636  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
4637  *	vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
4638  *	default HWMP.
4639  *
4640  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
4641  *	vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
4642  *	metric.
4643  *
4644  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
4645  *	robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
4646  *	that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
4647  *	metrics in use.
4648  *
4649  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
4650  *	daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
4651  *
4652  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
4653  *	daemon will be securing peer link frames.  AMPE is a secured version of
4654  *	Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
4655  *	a userspace daemon.  When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
4656  *	management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
4657  *	functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
4658  *	key management).  When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
4659  *	autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
4660  *	userspace daemon.
4661  *
4662  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
4663  *	vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
4664  *	neighbor offset synchronization
4665  *
4666  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
4667  *	implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
4668  *
4669  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
4670  *	method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
4671  *	Default is no authentication method required.
4672  *
4673  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
4674  *
4675  * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
4676  */
4677 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
4678 	__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
4679 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
4680 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
4681 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
4682 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
4683 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
4684 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
4685 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
4686 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
4687 
4688 	/* keep last */
4689 	__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4690 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4691 };
4692 
4693 /**
4694  * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
4695  * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
4696  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
4697  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
4698  *	disabled
4699  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
4700  *	2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4701  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
4702  *	2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4703  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
4704  * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
4705  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
4706  */
4707 enum nl80211_txq_attr {
4708 	__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
4709 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
4710 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
4711 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
4712 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
4713 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
4714 
4715 	/* keep last */
4716 	__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4717 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4718 };
4719 
4720 enum nl80211_ac {
4721 	NL80211_AC_VO,
4722 	NL80211_AC_VI,
4723 	NL80211_AC_BE,
4724 	NL80211_AC_BK,
4725 	NL80211_NUM_ACS
4726 };
4727 
4728 /* backward compat */
4729 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
4730 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO	NL80211_AC_VO
4731 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI	NL80211_AC_VI
4732 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE	NL80211_AC_BE
4733 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK	NL80211_AC_BK
4734 
4735 /**
4736  * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
4737  * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4738  * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
4739  * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4740  *	below the control channel
4741  * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4742  *	above the control channel
4743  */
4744 enum nl80211_channel_type {
4745 	NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
4746 	NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
4747 	NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
4748 	NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
4749 };
4750 
4751 /**
4752  * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
4753  *
4754  * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
4755  *	Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
4756  *
4757  * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
4758  * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
4759  *
4760  * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
4761  *	Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
4762  * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
4763  *	The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
4764  *	the preferred Tx key for the station.
4765  */
4766 enum nl80211_key_mode {
4767 	NL80211_KEY_RX_TX,
4768 	NL80211_KEY_NO_TX,
4769 	NL80211_KEY_SET_TX
4770 };
4771 
4772 /**
4773  * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
4774  *
4775  * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
4776  * attribute.
4777  *
4778  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4779  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
4780  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4781  *	attribute must be provided as well
4782  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4783  *	attribute must be provided as well
4784  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4785  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
4786  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4787  *	attribute must be provided as well
4788  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
4789  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
4790  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel
4791  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel
4792  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel
4793  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel
4794  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel
4795  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320: 320 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4796  *	attribute must be provided as well
4797  */
4798 enum nl80211_chan_width {
4799 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
4800 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4801 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
4802 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
4803 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
4804 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
4805 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4806 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4807 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
4808 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
4809 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4,
4810 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8,
4811 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16,
4812 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320,
4813 };
4814 
4815 /**
4816  * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
4817  *
4818  * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
4819  *
4820  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
4821  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
4822  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
4823  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide
4824  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide
4825  */
4826 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
4827 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4828 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4829 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4830 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
4831 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
4832 };
4833 
4834 /**
4835  * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
4836  *
4837  * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
4838  * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
4839  * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
4840  * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
4841  *	(if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
4842  *	from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
4843  *	that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
4844  * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
4845  * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
4846  * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
4847  *	raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
4848  *	if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
4849  *	different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
4850  *	they are from a Beacon frame.
4851  *	However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
4852  *	IEs may be from either frame subtype.
4853  *	If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
4854  *	data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
4855  * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
4856  *	in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
4857  * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
4858  *	in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
4859  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
4860  * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
4861  * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
4862  *	elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
4863  *	yet been received
4864  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
4865  *	(u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
4866  * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
4867  *	(not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
4868  * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
4869  *	@NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
4870  * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
4871  *	was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
4872  *	accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
4873  * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4874  * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
4875  *	octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
4876  *	this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
4877  *	@NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
4878  * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
4879  *	is set.
4880  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
4881  *	Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
4882  *	using the nesting index as the antenna number.
4883  * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
4884  * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
4885  * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
4886  */
4887 enum nl80211_bss {
4888 	__NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
4889 	NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
4890 	NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
4891 	NL80211_BSS_TSF,
4892 	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
4893 	NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
4894 	NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
4895 	NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
4896 	NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
4897 	NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
4898 	NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
4899 	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
4900 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
4901 	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
4902 	NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
4903 	NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
4904 	NL80211_BSS_PAD,
4905 	NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
4906 	NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
4907 	NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
4908 	NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
4909 
4910 	/* keep last */
4911 	__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
4912 	NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
4913 };
4914 
4915 /**
4916  * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
4917  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
4918  *	Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
4919  *	keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
4920  *	a given BSS.
4921  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
4922  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
4923  *
4924  * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
4925  * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
4926  */
4927 enum nl80211_bss_status {
4928 	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
4929 	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
4930 	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
4931 };
4932 
4933 /**
4934  * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
4935  *
4936  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
4937  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
4938  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
4939  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
4940  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
4941  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
4942  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
4943  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
4944  * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
4945  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
4946  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
4947  *	trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
4948  *	the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
4949  */
4950 enum nl80211_auth_type {
4951 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
4952 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
4953 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
4954 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
4955 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
4956 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
4957 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
4958 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
4959 
4960 	/* keep last */
4961 	__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
4962 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
4963 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
4964 };
4965 
4966 /**
4967  * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
4968  * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
4969  * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
4970  * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
4971  * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
4972  */
4973 enum nl80211_key_type {
4974 	NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
4975 	NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
4976 	NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
4977 
4978 	NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
4979 };
4980 
4981 /**
4982  * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
4983  * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
4984  * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
4985  * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
4986  */
4987 enum nl80211_mfp {
4988 	NL80211_MFP_NO,
4989 	NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
4990 	NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
4991 };
4992 
4993 enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
4994 	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
4995 	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
4996 	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2,
4997 };
4998 
4999 /**
5000  * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
5001  * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
5002  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
5003  *	unicast key
5004  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
5005  *	multicast key
5006  * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
5007  */
5008 enum nl80211_key_default_types {
5009 	__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
5010 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
5011 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
5012 
5013 	NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
5014 };
5015 
5016 /**
5017  * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
5018  * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
5019  * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
5020  *	16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
5021  *	keys
5022  * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
5023  * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
5024  *	section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
5025  * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
5026  *	CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
5027  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
5028  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
5029  * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
5030  *	specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
5031  *	given with the command using the key or not (u32)
5032  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
5033  *	attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
5034  *	See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
5035  * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
5036  *	Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
5037  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key
5038  *
5039  * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
5040  * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
5041  */
5042 enum nl80211_key_attributes {
5043 	__NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
5044 	NL80211_KEY_DATA,
5045 	NL80211_KEY_IDX,
5046 	NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
5047 	NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
5048 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
5049 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
5050 	NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
5051 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
5052 	NL80211_KEY_MODE,
5053 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON,
5054 
5055 	/* keep last */
5056 	__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
5057 	NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
5058 };
5059 
5060 /**
5061  * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
5062  * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
5063  * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
5064  *	in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
5065  *	1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
5066  *	%NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
5067  * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
5068  *	in an array of MCS numbers.
5069  * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5070  *	see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
5071  * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
5072  * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5073  *	see &struct nl80211_txrate_he
5074  * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us.
5075  * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF.
5076  * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
5077  * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
5078  */
5079 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
5080 	__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
5081 	NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
5082 	NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
5083 	NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
5084 	NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
5085 	NL80211_TXRATE_HE,
5086 	NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI,
5087 	NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF,
5088 
5089 	/* keep last */
5090 	__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
5091 	NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
5092 };
5093 
5094 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
5095 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX		8
5096 
5097 /**
5098  * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5099  * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5100  */
5101 struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
5102 	__u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
5103 };
5104 
5105 #define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX		8
5106 /**
5107  * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5108  * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5109  */
5110 struct nl80211_txrate_he {
5111 	__u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX];
5112 };
5113 
5114 enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
5115 	NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
5116 	NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
5117 	NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
5118 };
5119 
5120 /**
5121  * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
5122  * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
5123  * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
5124  * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
5125  * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
5126  * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs
5127  * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder)
5128  * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
5129  *	since newer kernel versions may support more bands
5130  */
5131 enum nl80211_band {
5132 	NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
5133 	NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
5134 	NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
5135 	NL80211_BAND_6GHZ,
5136 	NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ,
5137 	NL80211_BAND_LC,
5138 
5139 	NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
5140 };
5141 
5142 /**
5143  * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
5144  * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
5145  * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
5146  */
5147 enum nl80211_ps_state {
5148 	NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
5149 	NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
5150 };
5151 
5152 /**
5153  * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
5154  * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
5155  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
5156  *	the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
5157  *	to disable.  Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
5158  *	set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
5159  *	threshold values in dBm.  Events will be sent when the RSSI value
5160  *	crosses any of the thresholds.
5161  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
5162  *	the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
5163  *	new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
5164  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
5165  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
5166  *	consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
5167  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
5168  *	during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
5169  *	%NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
5170  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
5171  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
5172  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
5173  *	checked.
5174  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
5175  *	interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
5176  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
5177  *	%NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
5178  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
5179  *	loss event
5180  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
5181  *	RSSI threshold event.
5182  * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
5183  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
5184  */
5185 enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
5186 	__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
5187 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
5188 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
5189 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
5190 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
5191 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
5192 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
5193 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
5194 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
5195 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
5196 
5197 	/* keep last */
5198 	__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
5199 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
5200 };
5201 
5202 /**
5203  * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
5204  * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
5205  *      configured threshold
5206  * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
5207  *      configured threshold
5208  * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
5209  */
5210 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
5211 	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
5212 	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
5213 	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
5214 };
5215 
5216 
5217 /**
5218  * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
5219  * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
5220  * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
5221  * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
5222  */
5223 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
5224 	NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
5225 	NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
5226 	NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
5227 };
5228 
5229 /**
5230  * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state
5231  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID
5232  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID
5233  */
5234 enum nl80211_tid_config {
5235 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE,
5236 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE,
5237 };
5238 
5239 /* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type
5240  * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate
5241  * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter
5242  * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter
5243  */
5244 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting {
5245 	NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC,
5246 	NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED,
5247 	NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED,
5248 };
5249 
5250 /* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration.
5251  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values
5252  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported
5253  *	for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic
5254  *	(%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE).
5255  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but
5256  *	per peer instead.
5257  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribue, if set indicates
5258  *	that the new configuration overrides all previous peer
5259  *	configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations
5260  *	should be left untouched.
5261  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7)
5262  *	Its type is u16.
5263  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID.
5264  *	specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config.
5265  *	Its type is u8.
5266  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame
5267  *	transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5268  *	&NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and
5269  *	the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5270  *	output in wiphy capabilities.
5271  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame
5272  *	transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5273  *	&NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and
5274  *	the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5275  *	output in wiphy capabilities.
5276  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
5277  *	for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5278  *	Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5279  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs
5280  *	specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using
5281  *	the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5282  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
5283  *	for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5284  *	Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5285  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful
5286  *	to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used
5287  *	for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using
5288  *	the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting.
5289  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied
5290  *	with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES.
5291  *	configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected
5292  *	station.
5293  */
5294 enum nl80211_tid_config_attr {
5295 	__NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
5296 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD,
5297 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP,
5298 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP,
5299 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE,
5300 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS,
5301 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK,
5302 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT,
5303 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG,
5304 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL,
5305 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL,
5306 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL,
5307 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE,
5308 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE,
5309 
5310 	/* keep last */
5311 	__NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5312 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5313 };
5314 
5315 /**
5316  * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
5317  * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5318  * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
5319  *	a zero bit are ignored
5320  * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
5321  *	a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
5322  *	to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
5323  *	in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
5324  *	corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
5325  *	For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
5326  *	xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
5327  *	twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
5328  *	Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
5329  *	802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
5330  *	first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
5331  * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
5332  *	these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5333  * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
5334  * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
5335  */
5336 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
5337 	__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
5338 	NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
5339 	NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
5340 	NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
5341 
5342 	NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
5343 	MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
5344 };
5345 
5346 /**
5347  * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
5348  * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
5349  * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
5350  * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
5351  * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
5352  *
5353  * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
5354  * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
5355  * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
5356  * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
5357  * by the kernel to userspace.
5358  */
5359 struct nl80211_pattern_support {
5360 	__u32 max_patterns;
5361 	__u32 min_pattern_len;
5362 	__u32 max_pattern_len;
5363 	__u32 max_pkt_offset;
5364 } __attribute__((packed));
5365 
5366 /* only for backward compatibility */
5367 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
5368 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5369 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
5370 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
5371 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
5372 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
5373 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
5374 
5375 /**
5376  * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
5377  * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5378  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
5379  *	the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
5380  *	support for low-power operation already (flag)
5381  *	Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
5382  *	any others are even supported by the device.
5383  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
5384  *	is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
5385  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
5386  *	by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
5387  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
5388  *	which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
5389  *	defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
5390  *	Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
5391  *	each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
5392  *	done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
5393  *	pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
5394  *
5395  *	In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
5396  *	carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
5397  *
5398  *	When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
5399  *	index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
5400  *	to the kernel when configuring.
5401  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
5402  *	used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
5403  *	by the device (flag)
5404  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
5405  *	done by the device) (flag)
5406  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
5407  *	packet (flag)
5408  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
5409  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
5410  *	(on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
5411  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
5412  *	the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
5413  *	may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
5414  *	attribute contains the original length.
5415  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
5416  *	packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
5417  *	attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5418  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
5419  *	802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
5420  *	be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
5421  *	contains the original length.
5422  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
5423  *	packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
5424  *	attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5425  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
5426  *	"TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
5427  *	containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
5428  *	the TCP connection.
5429  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
5430  *	wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
5431  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
5432  *	TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
5433  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
5434  *	the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
5435  *	service
5436  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
5437  *	is detected.  This is a nested attribute that contains the
5438  *	same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN.  It
5439  *	specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
5440  *	channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
5441  *	results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets).  This
5442  *	attribute is also sent in a response to
5443  *	@NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
5444  *	supported by the driver (u32).
5445  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
5446  *	containing an array with information about what triggered the
5447  *	wake up.  If no elements are present in the array, it means
5448  *	that the information is not available.  If more than one
5449  *	element is present, it means that more than one match
5450  *	occurred.
5451  *	Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
5452  *	one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
5453  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute.  At least one of
5454  *	these attributes must be present.  If
5455  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
5456  *	frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
5457  *	channel.
5458  * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
5459  * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
5460  *
5461  * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
5462  * to report the wakeup reason(s).
5463  */
5464 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
5465 	__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
5466 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
5467 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
5468 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
5469 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
5470 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
5471 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
5472 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
5473 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
5474 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
5475 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
5476 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
5477 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
5478 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
5479 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
5480 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
5481 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
5482 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
5483 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
5484 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
5485 
5486 	/* keep last */
5487 	NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
5488 	MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
5489 };
5490 
5491 /**
5492  * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
5493  *
5494  * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
5495  * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
5496  * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
5497  * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
5498  * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
5499  * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
5500  * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
5501  * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
5502  * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
5503  *
5504  * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
5505  * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
5506  * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
5507  * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
5508  * also woken up.
5509  *
5510  * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
5511  * response packets might not go through correctly.
5512  */
5513 
5514 /**
5515  * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
5516  * @start: starting value
5517  * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
5518  * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
5519  *
5520  * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
5521  * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
5522  * in little endian.
5523  */
5524 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
5525 	__u32 start, offset, len;
5526 };
5527 
5528 /**
5529  * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
5530  * @offset: offset of token in packet
5531  * @len: length of each token
5532  * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
5533  *	be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
5534  */
5535 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
5536 	__u32 offset, len;
5537 	__u8 token_stream[];
5538 };
5539 
5540 /**
5541  * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
5542  * @min_len: minimum token length
5543  * @max_len: maximum token length
5544  * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
5545  */
5546 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
5547 	__u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
5548 };
5549 
5550 /**
5551  * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
5552  * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5553  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
5554  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
5555  *	(in network byte order)
5556  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
5557  *	route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
5558  *	and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
5559  *	might require ARP querying.
5560  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
5561  *	socket and port will be allocated
5562  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
5563  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
5564  *	For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5565  *	of the data payload.
5566  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
5567  *	(if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
5568  *	advertising it is just a flag
5569  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
5570  *	see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
5571  *	&struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
5572  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
5573  *	interval in feature advertising (u32)
5574  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
5575  *	u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5576  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
5577  *	feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5578  *	but on the TCP payload only.
5579  * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
5580  * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
5581  */
5582 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
5583 	__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
5584 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
5585 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
5586 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
5587 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
5588 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
5589 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
5590 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
5591 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
5592 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
5593 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
5594 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
5595 
5596 	/* keep last */
5597 	NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
5598 	MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
5599 };
5600 
5601 /**
5602  * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
5603  * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
5604  * @pat: packet pattern support information
5605  * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
5606  *
5607  * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
5608  * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
5609  */
5610 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
5611 	__u32 max_rules;
5612 	struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
5613 	__u32 max_delay;
5614 } __attribute__((packed));
5615 
5616 /**
5617  * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
5618  * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5619  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
5620  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
5621  *	see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
5622  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
5623  *	after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5624  * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
5625  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
5626  */
5627 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
5628 	__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
5629 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
5630 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
5631 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
5632 
5633 	/* keep last */
5634 	NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
5635 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
5636 };
5637 
5638 /**
5639  * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
5640  * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
5641  *	in a rule are matched.
5642  * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
5643  *	in a rule are not matched.
5644  */
5645 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
5646 	NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
5647 	NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
5648 };
5649 
5650 /**
5651  * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
5652  * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5653  * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
5654  *	can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
5655  * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
5656  *	flag attribute for each interface type in this set
5657  * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
5658  * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
5659  */
5660 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
5661 	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
5662 	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
5663 	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
5664 
5665 	/* keep last */
5666 	NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
5667 	MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
5668 };
5669 
5670 /**
5671  * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
5672  *
5673  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5674  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
5675  *	for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
5676  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
5677  *	interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
5678  *	apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
5679  *	in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
5680  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
5681  *	beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
5682  *	infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
5683  *	the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
5684  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
5685  *	different channels may be used within this group.
5686  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5687  *	of supported channel widths for radar detection.
5688  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5689  *	of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
5690  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
5691  *	different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
5692  *	in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
5693  * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
5694  * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
5695  *
5696  * Examples:
5697  *	limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
5698  *	=> allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
5699  *
5700  *	numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
5701  *	=> allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
5702  *
5703  *	numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
5704  *	=> allows two STAs on the same or on different channels
5705  *
5706  *	numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
5707  *	=> allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
5708  *
5709  * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
5710  * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
5711  * that any of these groups must match.
5712  *
5713  * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
5714  * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
5715  * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
5716  * interface type, the following group always exists:
5717  *	numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
5718  */
5719 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
5720 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
5721 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
5722 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
5723 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
5724 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
5725 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
5726 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
5727 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
5728 
5729 	/* keep last */
5730 	NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
5731 	MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
5732 };
5733 
5734 
5735 /**
5736  * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
5737  *
5738  * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
5739  *	state of non existent mesh peer links
5740  * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
5741  *	this mesh peer
5742  * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
5743  *	from this mesh peer
5744  * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
5745  *	received from this mesh peer
5746  * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
5747  * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
5748  * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
5749  *	plink are discarded, except for authentication frames
5750  * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
5751  * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
5752  */
5753 enum nl80211_plink_state {
5754 	NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
5755 	NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
5756 	NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
5757 	NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
5758 	NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
5759 	NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
5760 	NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
5761 
5762 	/* keep last */
5763 	NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
5764 	MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
5765 };
5766 
5767 /**
5768  * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
5769  *
5770  * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
5771  * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
5772  * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
5773  * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
5774  */
5775 enum plink_actions {
5776 	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
5777 	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
5778 	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
5779 
5780 	NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
5781 };
5782 
5783 
5784 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN			16
5785 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN			16
5786 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN		24
5787 #define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN		32
5788 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN		8
5789 
5790 /**
5791  * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
5792  * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5793  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
5794  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
5795  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
5796  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type)
5797  * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
5798  * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
5799  */
5800 enum nl80211_rekey_data {
5801 	__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
5802 	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
5803 	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
5804 	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
5805 	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM,
5806 
5807 	/* keep last */
5808 	NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
5809 	MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
5810 };
5811 
5812 /**
5813  * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
5814  * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
5815  *	Beacon frames)
5816  * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
5817  *	in Beacon frames
5818  * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
5819  *	element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
5820  */
5821 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
5822 	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
5823 	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
5824 	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
5825 };
5826 
5827 /**
5828  * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
5829  * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5830  * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
5831  *	is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
5832  * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
5833  *	as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
5834  * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
5835  * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
5836  */
5837 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
5838 	__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
5839 	NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
5840 	NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
5841 
5842 	/* keep last */
5843 	__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
5844 	NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
5845 };
5846 
5847 /**
5848  * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
5849  * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5850  * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
5851  *	priority)
5852  * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
5853  * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
5854  * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
5855  *	(internal)
5856  * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
5857  *	(internal)
5858  */
5859 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
5860 	__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
5861 	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
5862 	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
5863 	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
5864 
5865 	/* keep last */
5866 	NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
5867 	MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
5868 };
5869 
5870 /**
5871  * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
5872  * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
5873  * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
5874  * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
5875  * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
5876  * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
5877  */
5878 enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
5879 	NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
5880 	NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
5881 	NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
5882 	NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
5883 	NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
5884 };
5885 
5886 /**
5887  * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
5888  * @NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD: SA Query procedures offloaded to driver
5889  *	when user space indicates support for SA Query procedures offload during
5890  *	"start ap" with %NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT.
5891  */
5892 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
5893 	NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD		= 1 << 0,
5894 };
5895 
5896 /**
5897  * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
5898  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
5899  *	TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
5900  *	socket option.
5901  * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
5902  * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
5903  *	the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
5904  * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
5905  *	to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
5906  *	cellular base stations.
5907  * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
5908  *	here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
5909  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
5910  *	equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
5911  *	mode
5912  * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
5913  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
5914  * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
5915  * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
5916  * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
5917  *	OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
5918  *	for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
5919  * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
5920  *	setting
5921  * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
5922  *	powersave
5923  * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
5924  *	transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
5925  *	doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
5926  *	stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
5927  *	state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
5928  *	they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
5929  *	and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
5930  *	states using station flags.
5931  *	Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
5932  *	stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
5933  *	stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
5934  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
5935  *	(HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
5936  * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
5937  *	Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
5938  *	beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
5939  *	still generated by the driver.
5940  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
5941  *	interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
5942  *	interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
5943  *	unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
5944  * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
5945  *	channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
5946  *	lifetime of a BSS.
5947  * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
5948  *	Set IE to probe requests.
5949  * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
5950  *	to probe requests.
5951  * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
5952  *	requests sent to it by an AP.
5953  * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
5954  *	current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
5955  *	management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
5956  *	Measurement Report action frame.
5957  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
5958  *	estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
5959  *	to enable dynack.
5960  * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
5961  *	multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5962  *	even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
5963  * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
5964  *	multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5965  *	and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
5966  *	rts/cts handshake.
5967  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
5968  *	TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
5969  *	command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
5970  *	needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
5971  * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
5972  *	the vif's MAC address upon creation.
5973  *	See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
5974  * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
5975  *	operating as a TDLS peer.
5976  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5977  *	random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
5978  *	%NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
5979  *	address mask/value will be used.
5980  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
5981  *	using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
5982  *	scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5983  *	be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5984  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5985  *	random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
5986  *	scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5987  *	be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5988  */
5989 enum nl80211_feature_flags {
5990 	NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS			= 1 << 0,
5991 	NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS				= 1 << 1,
5992 	NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER		= 1 << 2,
5993 	NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS		= 1 << 3,
5994 	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL	= 1 << 4,
5995 	NL80211_FEATURE_SAE				= 1 << 5,
5996 	NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN		= 1 << 6,
5997 	NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH			= 1 << 7,
5998 	NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN				= 1 << 8,
5999 	NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER			= 1 << 9,
6000 	NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN			= 1 << 10,
6001 	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN			= 1 << 11,
6002 	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS			= 1 << 12,
6003 	/* bit 13 is reserved */
6004 	NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS		= 1 << 14,
6005 	NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE		= 1 << 15,
6006 	NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM			= 1 << 16,
6007 	NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR			= 1 << 17,
6008 	NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE	= 1 << 18,
6009 	NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES	= 1 << 19,
6010 	NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES		= 1 << 20,
6011 	NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET				= 1 << 21,
6012 	NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION		= 1 << 22,
6013 	NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION		= 1 << 23,
6014 	NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS			= 1 << 24,
6015 	NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS			= 1 << 25,
6016 	NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION		= 1 << 26,
6017 	NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE			= 1 << 27,
6018 	NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH		= 1 << 28,
6019 	NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR		= 1 << 29,
6020 	NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR	= 1 << 30,
6021 	NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR		= 1U << 31,
6022 };
6023 
6024 /**
6025  * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
6026  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
6027  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
6028  *	request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
6029  *	%NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
6030  *	the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
6031  *	NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
6032  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
6033  *	sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
6034  *	certain groups which can be configured by the
6035  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
6036  *	or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
6037  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
6038  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
6039  *	time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
6040  *	the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
6041  *	(if available).
6042  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
6043  *	time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
6044  *	BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
6045  *	(if available).
6046  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
6047  *	channel dwell time.
6048  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
6049  *	configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
6050  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
6051  *	configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
6052  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
6053  *	configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
6054  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
6055  *	with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
6056  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
6057  *	in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
6058  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
6059  *	randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
6060  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
6061  *	for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
6062  *	(%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
6063  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
6064  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
6065  *	RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
6066  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
6067  *	authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
6068  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
6069  *	handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
6070  *	and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
6071  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
6072  *	handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
6073  *	and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
6074  *	be supported.
6075  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
6076  *	the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
6077  *	actual dwell time.
6078  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
6079  *	response
6080  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
6081  *	the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
6082  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
6083  *	probe request tx deferral and suppression
6084  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
6085  *	value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
6086  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
6087  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
6088  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
6089  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
6090  *	Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
6091  *	informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
6092  *	channel change triggered by radar detection event.
6093  *	No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
6094  *	"radar detected" event.
6095  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
6096  *	receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
6097  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
6098  *	(average) ACK signal strength reporting.
6099  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
6100  *      TXQs.
6101  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
6102  *	SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
6103  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
6104  *	except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
6105  *	by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
6106  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
6107  *	timing measurement responder role.
6108  *
6109  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
6110  *      able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
6111  *      if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
6112  *      freeze the connection.
6113  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
6114  *      Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
6115  *
6116  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
6117  *	fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
6118  *	scheduling.
6119  *
6120  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
6121  *	(set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
6122  *
6123  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports
6124  *	filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds.
6125  *
6126  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
6127  *	to a station.
6128  *
6129  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
6130  *	station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
6131  *
6132  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev
6133  *	with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using
6134  *	vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case.
6135  *
6136  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL)
6137  *	feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission
6138  *	time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware.
6139  *
6140  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection
6141  *	and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7.
6142  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon
6143  *	protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons.
6144  *
6145  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the
6146  *	forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then
6147  *	handled as ordinary data frames.
6148  *
6149  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames
6150  *
6151  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations
6152  *      in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state.
6153  *
6154  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations
6155  *	are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly.
6156  *
6157  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and
6158  *	reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to
6159  *	report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be
6160  *	included in the scan request.
6161  *
6162  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver
6163  *	can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations.
6164  *
6165  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating
6166  *	Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes.
6167  *
6168  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
6169  *	handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP
6170  *	command).
6171  *
6172  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication
6173  *	in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command).
6174  *
6175  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery
6176  *	frames transmission
6177  *
6178  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports
6179  *	unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission
6180  *
6181  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate
6182  *	configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates.
6183  *
6184  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement
6185  *      exchange protocol.
6186  *
6187  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement
6188  *      exchange protocol.
6189  *
6190  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management
6191  *      frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the
6192  *      negotiation and range measurement procedure.
6193  *
6194  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision
6195  *	detection and change announcemnts.
6196  *
6197  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports
6198  *	FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response
6199  *	frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using
6200  *	@NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
6201  *
6202  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Device supports background radar/CAC
6203  *	detection.
6204  *
6205  * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
6206  * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
6207  */
6208 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
6209 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
6210 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
6211 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
6212 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
6213 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
6214 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
6215 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
6216 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
6217 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
6218 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
6219 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
6220 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
6221 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
6222 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
6223 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
6224 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
6225 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
6226 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
6227 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
6228 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
6229 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
6230 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
6231 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
6232 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
6233 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
6234 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
6235 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
6236 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
6237 	/* we renamed this - stay compatible */
6238 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
6239 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
6240 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
6241 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
6242 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
6243 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
6244 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
6245 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
6246 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD,
6247 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
6248 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
6249 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD,
6250 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD,
6251 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL,
6252 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION,
6253 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
6254 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT,
6255 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA,
6256 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS,
6257 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT,
6258 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
6259 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS,
6260 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION,
6261 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK,
6262 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP,
6263 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY,
6264 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
6265 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE,
6266 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF,
6267 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT,
6268 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE,
6269 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR,
6270 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD,
6271 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
6272 
6273 	/* add new features before the definition below */
6274 	NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
6275 	MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
6276 };
6277 
6278 /**
6279  * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
6280  *	protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
6281  *	To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
6282  *	Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
6283  *	protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
6284  *	supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
6285  *	to the host.
6286  *
6287  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
6288  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
6289  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
6290  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
6291  */
6292 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
6293 	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS =	1<<0,
6294 	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 =	1<<1,
6295 	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P =	1<<2,
6296 	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U =	1<<3,
6297 };
6298 
6299 /**
6300  * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
6301  * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
6302  *	handled by the AP is reached.
6303  * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
6304  */
6305 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
6306 	NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
6307 	NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
6308 };
6309 
6310 /**
6311  * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
6312  *
6313  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
6314  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
6315  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
6316  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
6317  */
6318 enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
6319 	NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
6320 	NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
6321 	NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
6322 	NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
6323 };
6324 
6325 /**
6326  * enum nl80211_scan_flags -  scan request control flags
6327  *
6328  * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
6329  * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
6330  * requests.
6331  *
6332  * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
6333  * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
6334  * one of them can be used in the request.
6335  *
6336  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
6337  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
6338  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
6339  *	as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
6340  *	dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
6341  *	will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
6342  *	when really needed
6343  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
6344  *	for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
6345  *	flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
6346  *	@NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
6347  *	the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
6348  *	randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
6349  *	locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
6350  *	This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
6351  *	the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
6352  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
6353  *	request parameters IE in the probe request
6354  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
6355  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
6356  *	rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
6357  *	only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
6358  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
6359  *	tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
6360  *	and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
6361  *	Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
6362  *	a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
6363  *	SSID and/or RSSI.
6364  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
6365  *	accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
6366  *	scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
6367  *	implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
6368  *	impacted with this flag.
6369  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
6370  *	optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
6371  *	optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
6372  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
6373  *	results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
6374  *	possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
6375  *	possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
6376  *	Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
6377  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
6378  *	request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
6379  *	possible.
6380  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
6381  *	only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
6382  *	added by userspace explicitly.)
6383  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with
6384  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means
6385  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included.
6386  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for colocated APs reported by
6387  *	2.4/5 GHz APs
6388  */
6389 enum nl80211_scan_flags {
6390 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY				= 1<<0,
6391 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH					= 1<<1,
6392 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP					= 1<<2,
6393 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR				= 1<<3,
6394 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME			= 1<<4,
6395 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP		= 1<<5,
6396 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE		= 1<<6,
6397 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION	= 1<<7,
6398 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN				= 1<<8,
6399 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER				= 1<<9,
6400 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY				= 1<<10,
6401 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN				= 1<<11,
6402 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT			= 1<<12,
6403 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ				= 1<<13,
6404 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ			= 1<<14,
6405 };
6406 
6407 /**
6408  * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
6409  *
6410  * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
6411  * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
6412  * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
6413  *
6414  * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
6415  *	listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
6416  *	in ACL to authenticate.
6417  * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
6418  *	in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
6419  */
6420 enum nl80211_acl_policy {
6421 	NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
6422 	NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
6423 };
6424 
6425 /**
6426  * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
6427  *
6428  * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
6429  *
6430  * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
6431  * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
6432  * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
6433  *	turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
6434  */
6435 enum nl80211_smps_mode {
6436 	NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
6437 	NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
6438 	NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
6439 
6440 	__NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
6441 	NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6442 };
6443 
6444 /**
6445  * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
6446  *
6447  * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
6448  * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
6449  *
6450  * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
6451  *	now unusable.
6452  * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
6453  *	the channel is now available.
6454  * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
6455  *	change to the channel status.
6456  * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
6457  *	over, channel becomes usable.
6458  * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
6459  *	non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
6460  *	be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
6461  *	applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
6462  * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
6463  *	should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
6464  */
6465 enum nl80211_radar_event {
6466 	NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
6467 	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
6468 	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
6469 	NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
6470 	NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
6471 	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
6472 };
6473 
6474 /**
6475  * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
6476  *
6477  * Channel states used by the DFS code.
6478  *
6479  * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
6480  *	check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
6481  * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
6482  *	is therefore marked as not available.
6483  * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
6484  */
6485 enum nl80211_dfs_state {
6486 	NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
6487 	NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
6488 	NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
6489 };
6490 
6491 /**
6492  * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
6493  * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
6494  *	wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
6495  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
6496  *	wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
6497  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
6498  */
6499 enum nl80211_protocol_features {
6500 	NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP =	1 << 0,
6501 };
6502 
6503 /**
6504  * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
6505  *
6506  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
6507  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
6508  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
6509  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
6510  * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
6511  */
6512 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
6513 	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
6514 	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
6515 	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
6516 	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
6517 	/* add other protocols before this one */
6518 	NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
6519 };
6520 
6521 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
6522 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION		5000 /* msec */
6523 
6524 /**
6525  * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
6526  *
6527  * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
6528  *
6529  * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
6530  * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
6531  *	the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
6532  *	advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
6533  *	to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
6534  */
6535 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
6536 	NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
6537 	NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
6538 };
6539 
6540 /*
6541  * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
6542  * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
6543  * yet, so that's not valid so far)
6544  */
6545 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX	0x80000000
6546 
6547 /**
6548  * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
6549  * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
6550  *	value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
6551  *	may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
6552  *	added to this file when needed.
6553  * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
6554  */
6555 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
6556 	__u32 vendor_id;
6557 	__u32 subcmd;
6558 };
6559 
6560 /**
6561  * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
6562  *
6563  * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
6564  * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
6565  *
6566  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
6567  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
6568  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
6569  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable.
6570  */
6571 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
6572 	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
6573 	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
6574 	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
6575 	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3,
6576 };
6577 
6578 /**
6579  * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
6580  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6581  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
6582  *	seconds (u32).
6583  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
6584  *	scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
6585  *	because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
6586  *	make the scan plan meaningless.
6587  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
6588  *	currently defined
6589  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
6590  */
6591 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
6592 	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
6593 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
6594 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
6595 
6596 	/* keep last */
6597 	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
6598 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
6599 		__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
6600 };
6601 
6602 /**
6603  * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
6604  *
6605  * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
6606  *	of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
6607  * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
6608  */
6609 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
6610 	__u8 band;
6611 	__s8 delta;
6612 } __attribute__((packed));
6613 
6614 /**
6615  * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
6616  *
6617  * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
6618  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
6619  *	is requested.
6620  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
6621  *	selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
6622  *	When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
6623  *	shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
6624  *	this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
6625  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
6626  *	BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
6627  *	RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
6628  *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
6629  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
6630  * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
6631  *
6632  * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
6633  * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
6634  * which the driver shall use.
6635  */
6636 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
6637 	__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
6638 	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
6639 	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
6640 	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
6641 
6642 	/* keep last */
6643 	__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
6644 	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
6645 };
6646 
6647 /**
6648  * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
6649  *
6650  * Defines the function type of a NAN function
6651  *
6652  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
6653  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
6654  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
6655  */
6656 enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
6657 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
6658 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
6659 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
6660 
6661 	/* keep last */
6662 	__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
6663 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
6664 };
6665 
6666 /**
6667  * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
6668  *
6669  * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
6670  *
6671  * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
6672  * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
6673  */
6674 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
6675 	NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
6676 	NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
6677 };
6678 
6679 /**
6680  * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
6681  *
6682  * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
6683  *
6684  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
6685  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
6686  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
6687  */
6688 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
6689 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
6690 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
6691 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
6692 };
6693 
6694 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
6695 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
6696 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
6697 
6698 /**
6699  * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
6700  * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
6701  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
6702  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
6703  *	specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
6704  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
6705  *	publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
6706  *	Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
6707  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
6708  *	publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
6709  *	the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
6710  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
6711  *	subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
6712  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
6713  *	The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
6714  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
6715  *	is follow up. This is a u8.
6716  *	The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
6717  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
6718  *	follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
6719  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
6720  *	close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
6721  *	This is a flag.
6722  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
6723  *	stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
6724  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
6725  *	specific info. This is a binary attribute.
6726  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
6727  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
6728  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
6729  *	attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6730  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
6731  *	nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6732  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
6733  *	Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
6734  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
6735  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
6736  *
6737  * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
6738  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
6739  */
6740 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
6741 	__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
6742 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
6743 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
6744 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
6745 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
6746 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
6747 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
6748 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
6749 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
6750 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
6751 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
6752 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
6753 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
6754 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
6755 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
6756 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
6757 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
6758 
6759 	/* keep last */
6760 	NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
6761 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
6762 };
6763 
6764 /**
6765  * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
6766  * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
6767  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
6768  *	This is a flag.
6769  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
6770  *	%NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
6771  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
6772  *	%NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
6773  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
6774  *	and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
6775  *	attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
6776  * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
6777  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
6778  */
6779 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
6780 	__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
6781 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
6782 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
6783 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
6784 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
6785 
6786 	/* keep last */
6787 	NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
6788 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
6789 };
6790 
6791 /**
6792  * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
6793  * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
6794  * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
6795  *	match. This is a nested attribute.
6796  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6797  * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
6798  *	that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
6799  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6800  *
6801  * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
6802  * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
6803  */
6804 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
6805 	__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
6806 	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
6807 	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
6808 
6809 	/* keep last */
6810 	NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
6811 	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
6812 };
6813 
6814 /**
6815  * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
6816  *     authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
6817  * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
6818  * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
6819  */
6820 enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
6821 	NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
6822 	NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
6823 };
6824 
6825 /**
6826  * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
6827  *	responder attributes
6828  * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
6829  * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
6830  * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
6831  *	(9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
6832  *	i.e. starting with the measurement token
6833  * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element
6834  *	(9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
6835  *	i.e. starting with the measurement token
6836  * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
6837  * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
6838  */
6839 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
6840 	__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6841 
6842 	NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
6843 	NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
6844 	NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
6845 
6846 	/* keep last */
6847 	__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
6848 	NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
6849 };
6850 
6851 /*
6852  * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
6853  *
6854  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
6855  * when getting FTM responder statistics.
6856  *
6857  * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6858  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
6859  *	were ssfully answered (u32)
6860  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
6861  *	frames were successfully answered (u32)
6862  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
6863  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
6864  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
6865  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
6866  *	indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
6867  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
6868  *	triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
6869  *	phase with the responder (u32)
6870  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
6871  *	- initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
6872  *	FTM slot (u32)
6873  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
6874  *	scheduled window (u32)
6875  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
6876  * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
6877  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
6878  */
6879 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
6880 	__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
6881 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
6882 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
6883 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
6884 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
6885 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
6886 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
6887 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6888 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
6889 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6890 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
6891 
6892 	/* keep last */
6893 	__NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
6894 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6895 };
6896 
6897 /**
6898  * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
6899  * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
6900  * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
6901  * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
6902  * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
6903  * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble
6904  */
6905 enum nl80211_preamble {
6906 	NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
6907 	NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
6908 	NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
6909 	NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
6910 	NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE,
6911 };
6912 
6913 /**
6914  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
6915  * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
6916  *	these numbers also for attributes
6917  *
6918  * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
6919  *
6920  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
6921  * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
6922  */
6923 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
6924 	NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
6925 
6926 	NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
6927 
6928 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
6929 	NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
6930 };
6931 
6932 /**
6933  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
6934  * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
6935  * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
6936  * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
6937  * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
6938  *	reason may be available in the response data
6939  */
6940 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
6941 	NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
6942 	NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
6943 	NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
6944 	NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
6945 };
6946 
6947 /**
6948  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
6949  * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6950  *
6951  * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6952  *	type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
6953  *	enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
6954  * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
6955  *	(flag attribute)
6956  *
6957  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
6958  * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6959  */
6960 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
6961 	__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
6962 
6963 	NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
6964 	NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
6965 
6966 	/* keep last */
6967 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
6968 	NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
6969 };
6970 
6971 /**
6972  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
6973  * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6974  *
6975  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6976  *	type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
6977  *	named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
6978  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
6979  *	(using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
6980  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
6981  *	result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
6982  *	more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
6983  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
6984  *	doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
6985  *	This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
6986  *	(u64, usec)
6987  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
6988  *	(*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
6989  *	the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
6990  *	result.
6991  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
6992  *
6993  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
6994  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6995  */
6996 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
6997 	__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6998 
6999 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
7000 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
7001 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
7002 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
7003 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
7004 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
7005 
7006 	/* keep last */
7007 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
7008 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
7009 };
7010 
7011 /**
7012  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
7013  * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7014  *
7015  * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
7016  * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
7017  *	attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
7018  * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
7019  *	measurement type, with attributes from the
7020  *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
7021  * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
7022  *	measurement type, with attributes from the
7023  *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
7024  *
7025  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
7026  * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7027  */
7028 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
7029 	__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,
7030 
7031 	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
7032 	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
7033 	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
7034 	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,
7035 
7036 	/* keep last */
7037 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
7038 	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
7039 };
7040 
7041 /**
7042  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
7043  * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7044  *
7045  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
7046  *	advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
7047  *	measurements can be done with in a single request
7048  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
7049  *	indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
7050  *	measurement results
7051  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
7052  *	indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
7053  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
7054  *	this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
7055  *	type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
7056  *	named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
7057  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
7058  *	meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
7059  *	sub-attributes taken from
7060  *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
7061  *
7062  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
7063  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7064  */
7065 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
7066 	__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,
7067 
7068 	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
7069 	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
7070 	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
7071 	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
7072 	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,
7073 
7074 	/* keep last */
7075 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
7076 	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
7077 };
7078 
7079 /**
7080  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
7081  * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7082  *
7083  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
7084  *	is supported
7085  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
7086  *	mode is supported
7087  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
7088  *	data can be requested during the measurement
7089  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
7090  *	location data can be requested during the measurement
7091  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
7092  *	from &enum nl80211_preamble.
7093  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
7094  *	&enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
7095  *	bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
7096  *	configured to allow for other measurements types with different
7097  *	bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
7098  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
7099  *	the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
7100  *	is valid)
7101  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
7102  *	the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
7103  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if
7104  *	trigger based ranging measurement is supported
7105  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating
7106  *	if non trigger based ranging measurement is supported
7107  *
7108  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
7109  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7110  */
7111 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
7112 	__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
7113 
7114 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
7115 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
7116 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
7117 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
7118 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
7119 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
7120 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
7121 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7122 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
7123 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
7124 
7125 	/* keep last */
7126 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
7127 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
7128 };
7129 
7130 /**
7131  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
7132  * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7133  *
7134  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
7135  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
7136  *	&enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
7137  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
7138  *	802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
7139  *	(u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
7140  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
7141  *	of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
7142  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
7143  *	Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
7144  *	default 15 i.e. "no preference")
7145  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
7146  *	requested per burst
7147  *	(u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
7148  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
7149  *	(u8, default 3)
7150  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
7151  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
7152  *	(flag)
7153  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging
7154  *	measurement (flag).
7155  *	This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are
7156  *	mutually exclusive.
7157  *      if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
7158  *	%NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
7159  *	ranging will be used.
7160  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non trigger based
7161  *	ranging measurement (flag)
7162  *	This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are
7163  *	mutually exclusive.
7164  *      if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
7165  *	%NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
7166  *	ranging will be used.
7167  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only
7168  *	valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or
7169  *	%NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
7170  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the
7171  *	responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED
7172  *	or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
7173  *
7174  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
7175  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7176  */
7177 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
7178 	__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
7179 
7180 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
7181 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
7182 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
7183 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
7184 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
7185 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7186 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
7187 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
7188 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
7189 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
7190 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
7191 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK,
7192 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR,
7193 
7194 	/* keep last */
7195 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
7196 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
7197 };
7198 
7199 /**
7200  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
7201  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
7202  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
7203  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
7204  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
7205  *	on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
7206  *	try and get no response)
7207  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
7208  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
7209  *	received
7210  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
7211  *	later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
7212  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
7213  *	by the peer and are no longer supported
7214  */
7215 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
7216 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
7217 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
7218 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
7219 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
7220 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
7221 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
7222 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
7223 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
7224 };
7225 
7226 /**
7227  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
7228  * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7229  *
7230  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
7231  *	(u32, optional)
7232  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
7233  *	as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
7234  *	the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
7235  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
7236  *	transmitted (u32, optional)
7237  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
7238  *	that were acknowleged (u32, optional)
7239  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
7240  *	busy peer (u32, seconds)
7241  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
7242  *	used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7243  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
7244  *	the responder (similar to request, u8)
7245  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
7246  *	by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7247  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
7248  *	frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7249  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
7250  *	frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7251  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
7252  *	FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
7253  *	attributes)
7254  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
7255  *	action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
7256  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
7257  *	but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7258  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
7259  *	standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7260  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
7261  *	optional)
7262  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
7263  *	but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7264  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
7265  *	that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7266  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
7267  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
7268  *	this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7269  *	9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7270  *	Type 8.
7271  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
7272  *	(binary, optional);
7273  *	this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7274  *	9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7275  *	Type 11.
7276  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
7277  *
7278  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
7279  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7280  */
7281 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
7282 	__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7283 
7284 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
7285 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
7286 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
7287 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
7288 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
7289 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
7290 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
7291 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7292 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
7293 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
7294 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
7295 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
7296 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
7297 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
7298 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
7299 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
7300 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
7301 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
7302 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
7303 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
7304 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
7305 
7306 	/* keep last */
7307 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
7308 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
7309 };
7310 
7311 /**
7312  * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes
7313  * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7314  *
7315  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset.
7316  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset.
7317  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum
7318  *	tx power offset.
7319  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color
7320  *	values used by members of the SRG.
7321  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial
7322  *	BSSID values used by members of the SRG.
7323  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element.
7324  *
7325  * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7326  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute.
7327  */
7328 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes {
7329 	__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID,
7330 
7331 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET,
7332 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET,
7333 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET,
7334 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
7335 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP,
7336 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL,
7337 
7338 	/* keep last */
7339 	__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST,
7340 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7341 };
7342 
7343 /**
7344  * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes
7345  * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7346  *
7347  * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color.
7348  * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled.
7349  * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used..
7350  *
7351  * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7352  * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute.
7353  */
7354 enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes {
7355 	__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID,
7356 
7357 	NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR,
7358 	NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED,
7359 	NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL,
7360 
7361 	/* keep last */
7362 	__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST,
7363 	NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7364 };
7365 
7366 /**
7367  * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes
7368  * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7369  *
7370  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag
7371  *	attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in
7372  *	%NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES
7373  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported
7374  *	AKM suites for the specified interface types.
7375  *
7376  * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7377  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute.
7378  */
7379 enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes {
7380 	__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID,
7381 
7382 	NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES,
7383 	NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES,
7384 
7385 	/* keep last */
7386 	__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST,
7387 	NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7388 };
7389 
7390 /**
7391  * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration
7392  * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
7393  *
7394  * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7395  *
7396  * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU).
7397  *	Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
7398  * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7399  *	Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
7400  * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action
7401  *	frame including the headers.
7402  *
7403  * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7404  * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7405  */
7406 enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes {
7407 	__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID,
7408 
7409 	NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN,
7410 	NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX,
7411 	NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL,
7412 
7413 	/* keep last */
7414 	__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST,
7415 	NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1
7416 };
7417 
7418 /*
7419  * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and
7420  * mandatory fields.
7421  */
7422 #define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42
7423 
7424 /**
7425  * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe
7426  *	response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz.
7427  *
7428  * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7429  *
7430  * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7431  *	Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0
7432  *	26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning).
7433  * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
7434  *	frame template (binary).
7435  *
7436  * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7437  * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7438  */
7439 enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes {
7440 	__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7441 
7442 	NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT,
7443 	NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL,
7444 
7445 	/* keep last */
7446 	__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
7447 	NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX =
7448 		__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1
7449 };
7450 
7451 /**
7452  * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
7453  *	derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is
7454  *	used.
7455  *
7456  * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that
7457  *	attribute is not present from userspace.
7458  * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only
7459  * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only
7460  * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element
7461  *	can be used.
7462  */
7463 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism {
7464 	NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED,
7465 	NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK,
7466 	NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT,
7467 	NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH,
7468 };
7469 
7470 /**
7471  * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs
7472  *
7473  * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit
7474  *
7475  */
7476 enum nl80211_sar_type {
7477 	NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER,
7478 
7479 	/* add new type here */
7480 
7481 	/* Keep last */
7482 	NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE,
7483 };
7484 
7485 /**
7486  * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec
7487  *
7488  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type.
7489  *
7490  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power
7491  *	limit specifications. Each specification contains a set
7492  *	of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
7493  *
7494  *	For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER
7495  *	and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX.
7496  *
7497  *	For sar_capa dump, it contains array of
7498  *	%NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ
7499  *	and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ.
7500  *
7501  * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7502  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute
7503  *
7504  * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC
7505  */
7506 enum nl80211_sar_attrs {
7507 	__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID,
7508 
7509 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE,
7510 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS,
7511 
7512 	__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST,
7513 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7514 };
7515 
7516 /**
7517  * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs
7518  *
7519  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual
7520  *	power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is
7521  *	NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm).
7522  *	0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range.
7523  *
7524  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the
7525  *	index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation
7526  *	is applied to this range.
7527  *
7528  *	Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver,
7529  *	and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't
7530  *	have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the
7531  *	%NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any
7532  *	value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power
7533  *	limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range.
7534  *	It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation.
7535  *
7536  *	Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation.
7537  *
7538  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start
7539  *	frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
7540  *	It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
7541  *
7542  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end
7543  *	frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
7544  *	It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
7545  *
7546  * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal
7547  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute
7548  */
7549 enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs {
7550 	__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID,
7551 
7552 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER,
7553 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX,
7554 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ,
7555 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ,
7556 
7557 	__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST,
7558 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1,
7559 };
7560 
7561 /**
7562  * enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes - multiple BSSID (MBSSID) and enhanced
7563  * multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA) in AP mode.
7564  * Kernel uses some of these attributes to advertise driver's support for
7565  * MBSSID and EMA.
7566  * Remaining attributes should be used by the userspace to configure the
7567  * features.
7568  *
7569  * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7570  *
7571  * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES: Used by the kernel to advertise
7572  *	the maximum number of MBSSID interfaces supported by the driver.
7573  *	Driver should indicate MBSSID support by setting
7574  *	wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces to a value more than or equal to 2.
7575  *
7576  * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY: Used by the kernel
7577  *	to advertise the maximum profile periodicity supported by the driver
7578  *	if EMA is enabled. Driver should indicate EMA support to the userspace
7579  *	by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to
7580  *	a non-zero value.
7581  *
7582  * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX: Mandatory parameter to pass the index of
7583  *	this BSS (u8) in the multiple BSSID set.
7584  *	Value must be set to 0 for the transmitting interface and non-zero for
7585  *	all non-transmitting interfaces. The userspace will be responsible
7586  *	for using unique indices for the interfaces.
7587  *	Range: 0 to wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces-1.
7588  *
7589  * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX: Mandatory parameter for
7590  *	a non-transmitted profile which provides the interface index (u32) of
7591  *	the transmitted profile. The value must match one of the interface
7592  *	indices advertised by the kernel. Optional if the interface being set up
7593  *	is the transmitting one, however, if provided then the value must match
7594  *	the interface index of the same.
7595  *
7596  * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA: Flag used to enable EMA AP feature.
7597  *	Setting this flag is permitted only if the driver advertises EMA support
7598  *	by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to non-zero.
7599  *
7600  * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7601  * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7602  */
7603 enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes {
7604 	__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
7605 
7606 	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES,
7607 	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY,
7608 	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX,
7609 	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX,
7610 	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA,
7611 
7612 	/* keep last */
7613 	__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST,
7614 	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7615 };
7616 
7617 /**
7618  * enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags
7619  *
7620  * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external
7621  *	authentication.
7622  * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT: Userspace supports SA Query
7623  *	procedures offload to driver. If driver advertises
7624  *	%NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD in AP SME features, userspace shall
7625  *	ignore SA Query procedures and validations when this flag is set by
7626  *	userspace.
7627  */
7628 enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags {
7629 	NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT	= 1 << 0,
7630 	NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT	= 1 << 1,
7631 };
7632 
7633 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */
7634